1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
59 #include "parser-defs.h"
60 #include "gdb_regex.h"
62 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
63 #include "continuations.h"
67 #include "dummy-frame.h"
71 #include "thread-fsm.h"
72 #include "tid-parse.h"
74 /* readline include files */
75 #include "readline/readline.h"
76 #include "readline/history.h"
78 /* readline defines this. */
81 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
82 #include "extension.h"
84 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
85 enum exception_event_kind
92 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
94 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
96 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
98 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
100 static void disable_command (char *, int);
102 static void enable_command (char *, int);
104 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
108 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
110 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
112 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
115 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
116 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
117 enum bptype type_wanted
);
119 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
120 struct linespec_result
*,
121 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
122 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
124 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
125 int, int, int, unsigned);
127 static void decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
128 const struct event_location
*location
,
129 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
);
131 static void clear_command (char *, int);
133 static void catch_command (char *, int);
135 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
137 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
139 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
141 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
143 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
144 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
145 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
147 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
149 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
150 struct symtab_and_line
,
152 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
154 static struct breakpoint
*
155 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
157 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
160 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
162 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
166 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
167 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
168 struct obj_section
*, int);
170 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
171 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
173 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
174 struct address_space
*aspace
,
177 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*,
178 struct address_space
*,
181 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
183 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
185 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
186 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
188 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
190 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
192 static void commands_command (char *, int);
194 static void condition_command (char *, int);
203 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
204 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
206 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
208 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
210 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
212 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
214 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
216 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
218 int *other_type_used
);
220 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
222 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
224 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
227 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
229 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
231 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
233 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
235 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
236 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
237 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
239 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
241 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
242 insert locations now. */
243 enum ugll_insert_mode
245 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
246 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
247 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
248 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
249 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
250 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
251 returns true on them.
253 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
254 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
255 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
256 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
257 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
258 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
262 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
263 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
266 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
267 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
268 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
269 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
270 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
271 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
272 as no thread is running yet. */
276 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
278 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
280 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
282 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
284 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
286 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
288 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
290 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
292 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
294 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
296 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
298 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
300 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
303 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
305 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
306 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
307 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
308 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
310 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
311 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
313 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
314 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
316 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
317 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
319 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
321 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
323 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
324 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
326 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
327 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
329 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
330 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
331 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
332 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
333 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
334 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
336 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
337 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
338 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
339 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
345 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
347 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
348 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
349 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
350 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
352 static char *dprintf_function
= "";
354 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
355 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
356 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
357 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
358 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
359 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
360 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
362 static char *dprintf_channel
= "";
364 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
366 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
368 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
369 breakpoints share a single command list. */
370 struct counted_command_line
372 /* The reference count. */
375 /* The command list. */
376 struct command_line
*commands
;
379 struct command_line
*
380 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
382 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
385 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
386 current breakpoint. */
388 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
391 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
393 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
394 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
396 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
398 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
401 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
402 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
403 if such is available. */
404 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
407 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
408 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
411 fprintf_filtered (file
,
412 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
413 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
417 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
418 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
419 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
420 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
421 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
423 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
424 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
427 fprintf_filtered (file
,
428 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
429 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
433 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
434 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
435 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
436 use hardware breakpoints. */
437 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
439 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
440 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
443 fprintf_filtered (file
,
444 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
448 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
449 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
450 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
451 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
452 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
453 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
454 processing user input. */
455 static int always_inserted_mode
= 0;
458 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
459 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
461 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
465 /* See breakpoint.h. */
468 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
470 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
472 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
473 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
474 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
477 else if (target_has_execution
)
479 struct thread_info
*tp
;
481 if (always_inserted_mode
)
483 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
488 if (threads_are_executing ())
491 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
492 stopped, we still have events to process. */
493 ALL_NON_EXITED_THREADS (tp
)
495 && tp
->suspend
.waitstatus_pending_p
)
501 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
503 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
504 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
505 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
506 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
507 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
508 condition_evaluation_auto
,
509 condition_evaluation_host
,
510 condition_evaluation_target
,
514 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
515 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
517 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
518 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
519 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
521 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
522 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
523 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
527 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
529 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
531 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
532 return condition_evaluation_target
;
534 return condition_evaluation_host
;
540 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
543 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
545 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
548 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
552 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
554 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
556 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
559 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
561 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
562 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
564 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
565 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
567 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
568 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
570 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
571 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
572 current breakpoint. */
574 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
576 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
577 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
578 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
581 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
582 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
583 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
585 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
586 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
587 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
590 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
591 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
592 to where the loop should start from.
593 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
594 appropriate location to start with. */
596 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
597 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
598 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
600 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
601 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
604 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
606 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
607 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
608 if (is_tracepoint (B))
610 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
612 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
614 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
616 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
618 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
620 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
622 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
623 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
624 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
625 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
626 an address you need to read. */
628 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
630 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
631 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
632 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
633 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
634 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
636 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
638 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
639 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
641 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
643 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
645 static int breakpoint_count
;
647 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
648 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
649 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
650 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
651 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
653 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
655 static int tracepoint_count
;
657 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
658 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
659 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
661 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
664 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func
) (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *d
),
667 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
671 if (func (b
, user_data
) != 0)
678 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
680 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
682 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
685 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
688 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
690 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
691 breakpoint_count
= num
;
692 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
695 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
696 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
697 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
699 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
703 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
705 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
708 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
712 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
714 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
717 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
720 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
722 struct breakpoint
*b
;
728 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
729 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
731 static struct counted_command_line
*
732 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
734 struct counted_command_line
*result
= XNEW (struct counted_command_line
);
737 result
->commands
= commands
;
742 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
745 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
751 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
752 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
753 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
756 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
760 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
762 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
769 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
772 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
774 decref_counted_command_line ((struct counted_command_line
**) arg
);
777 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
780 static struct cleanup
*
781 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
783 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
787 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
788 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
791 get_breakpoint (int num
)
793 struct breakpoint
*b
;
796 if (b
->number
== num
)
804 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
805 evaluating conditions on its side. */
808 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
810 struct bp_location
*loc
;
812 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
813 evaluating conditions and if the user has
814 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
816 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
817 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
820 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
823 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
824 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
827 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
828 evaluating conditions on its side. */
831 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
833 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
834 evaluating conditions and if the user has
835 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
837 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
838 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
842 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
845 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
848 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
849 condition_evaluation_mode. */
852 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
853 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
855 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
857 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
858 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
860 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
861 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
862 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
866 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
867 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
869 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
870 settings was "auto". */
871 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
873 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
874 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
876 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
877 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
878 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
880 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
881 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
884 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
886 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
888 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
889 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
893 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
894 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
895 target knows about. */
896 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
897 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
898 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
902 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
908 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
909 what "auto" is translating to. */
912 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
913 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
915 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
916 fprintf_filtered (file
,
917 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
918 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
920 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
922 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
926 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
927 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
928 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
931 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
933 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
934 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
936 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
939 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
942 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
943 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
944 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
947 static struct bp_location
**
948 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
950 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
951 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
952 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
954 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
955 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
956 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
958 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
959 locp_found
= ((struct bp_location
**)
960 bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
961 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
962 bp_location_compare_addrs
));
964 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
965 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
968 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
969 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
970 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
971 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
978 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
981 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
982 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
984 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
986 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
993 struct bp_location
*loc
;
995 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1000 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
1001 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
1002 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
1009 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
1013 const char *arg
= exp
;
1015 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
1016 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
1017 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
1018 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
1020 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
1022 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
1024 innermost_block
= NULL
;
1026 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
1028 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1029 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
1033 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1035 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1039 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
1040 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
1042 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1046 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1048 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1051 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1053 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
1054 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
1055 const char *text
, const char *word
)
1059 text
= skip_spaces_const (text
);
1060 space
= skip_to_space_const (text
);
1064 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1065 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1069 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1070 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1072 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1075 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1076 len
= strlen (text
);
1082 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1084 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1085 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (number
));
1091 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1092 text
= skip_spaces_const (space
);
1093 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1096 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1099 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1101 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1106 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1109 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1111 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1114 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1116 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1117 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1118 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1119 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
1120 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
1122 if (extlang
!= NULL
)
1124 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1125 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1126 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
1128 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1130 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1131 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
1136 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1139 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1140 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1141 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1144 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1146 struct command_line
*c
;
1148 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1152 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1153 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1154 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1156 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1157 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1159 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1160 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1161 command directly. */
1162 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1163 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1165 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1166 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1170 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1173 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1175 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1176 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1177 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1181 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1183 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1186 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1187 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1191 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1192 struct command_line
*commands
)
1194 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1196 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1197 struct command_line
*c
;
1198 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1200 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1201 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1205 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1206 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1207 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1208 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1209 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1210 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1211 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1212 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1213 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1214 tracepoint's context. */
1215 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1217 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1219 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1220 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1221 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1222 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1223 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1224 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1227 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1228 "can be used only once"));
1233 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1237 struct command_line
*c2
;
1239 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1240 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1241 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1243 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1244 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1250 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1254 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1255 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1258 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1260 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1261 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1262 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1265 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1267 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1268 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1269 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1275 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1276 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1279 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1280 struct command_line
*commands
)
1282 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
1284 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1285 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
1286 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1289 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1290 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1294 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1296 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1299 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1300 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1303 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1304 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1307 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1309 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1312 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1313 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1316 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1317 breakpoint work for any task. */
1320 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1322 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1325 if (old_task
!= task
)
1326 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1330 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1332 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) closure
;
1334 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1337 /* A structure used to pass information through
1338 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1340 struct commands_info
1342 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1345 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1348 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1349 already-parsed command. */
1350 struct command_line
*control
;
1352 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1354 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1357 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1358 commands_command. */
1361 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1363 struct commands_info
*info
= (struct commands_info
*) data
;
1365 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1367 struct command_line
*l
;
1369 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1370 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1373 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1376 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1377 "%s, one per line."),
1380 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1382 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1385 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1388 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1391 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1394 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1396 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1398 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1399 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1400 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1401 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1402 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1407 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1408 struct command_line
*control
)
1410 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1411 struct commands_info info
;
1413 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1414 info
.control
= control
;
1416 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1417 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1418 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1420 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1422 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1423 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1425 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1426 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1429 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1430 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1431 numbers will fail in this case. */
1436 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1438 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1441 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1445 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1447 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1448 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1450 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1454 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1456 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1459 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1460 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1462 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1463 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1464 enum command_control_type
1465 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1467 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1468 return simple_control
;
1471 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1474 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1476 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1480 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1481 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1486 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1487 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1490 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1491 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1492 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1495 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1496 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1497 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1498 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1499 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1501 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1502 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1506 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1507 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1509 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1513 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1515 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1516 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1518 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1520 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1525 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1527 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1532 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1533 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1535 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1536 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1537 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1541 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1543 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1544 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1547 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1549 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1550 shadow_contents buffer. */
1551 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1552 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1553 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1555 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1557 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1558 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1562 const unsigned char *bp
;
1563 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1566 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1567 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1568 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1570 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1572 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1574 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1575 breakpoint's INSN. */
1576 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1580 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1581 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1583 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1584 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1585 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1587 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1588 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1589 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1590 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1591 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1592 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1593 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1594 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1596 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1599 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1600 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1601 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1603 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1605 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1608 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1609 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1610 report higher one. */
1613 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1614 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1616 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1618 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1619 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1621 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1622 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1623 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1624 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1626 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1627 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1628 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1630 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1632 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1639 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1640 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1641 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1642 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1643 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1646 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1648 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1649 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1650 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1653 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1656 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1658 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1660 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1661 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1665 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1666 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1667 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1670 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1673 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1674 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1675 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1678 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1681 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1682 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1688 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1692 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1694 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1695 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1696 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1699 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1702 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1704 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1705 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1706 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1709 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1713 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1715 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1716 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1719 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1720 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1721 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1722 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1723 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1724 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1725 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1726 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1729 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1731 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1732 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1733 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1734 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1737 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1738 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1741 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1743 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1745 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1747 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1748 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1749 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1750 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1751 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1753 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1756 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1759 static struct value
*
1760 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1762 struct value
*bit_val
;
1767 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1769 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1772 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1779 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1780 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1781 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1782 to be able to report stops. */
1785 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1786 struct program_space
*pspace
)
1788 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
);
1790 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1791 b
->loc
->pspace
= pspace
;
1792 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1793 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1796 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1797 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1800 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1802 return (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
1804 && b
->loc
->next
== NULL
1805 && b
->loc
->address
== -1
1806 && b
->loc
->length
== -1);
1809 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1810 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1811 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1812 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1814 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1816 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1817 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1820 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1821 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1822 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1823 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1824 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1825 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1826 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1827 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1829 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1830 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1831 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1832 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1833 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1834 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1835 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1836 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1839 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1840 hardware watchpoints:
1842 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1843 called several times when GDB stops.
1846 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1847 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1848 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1849 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1850 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1851 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1852 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1853 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1854 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1855 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1856 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1858 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1859 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1862 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1864 int within_current_scope
;
1865 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1868 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1869 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1870 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1871 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1874 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1879 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1880 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1881 within_current_scope
= 1;
1884 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1885 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1886 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1888 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1889 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1890 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1891 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1892 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1895 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1896 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1897 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1898 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1901 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1903 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1904 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1905 if (within_current_scope
)
1909 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1910 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1911 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1914 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1923 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1924 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1925 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1926 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1927 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1928 be completely different objects. */
1929 value_free (b
->val
);
1933 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1934 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1935 locations (re)created below. */
1936 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1938 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1940 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1944 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1945 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1949 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1950 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1951 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1952 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1953 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1954 if (!target_has_execution
)
1956 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1957 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1958 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1959 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1961 if (b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1962 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1964 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1965 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1968 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1971 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1972 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1974 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1976 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1977 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1978 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1979 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1980 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1982 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1984 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1986 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1994 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1996 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1997 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1999 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
2000 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
2001 must watch it. If the first value returned is
2002 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
2003 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
2004 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
2005 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
2007 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
2009 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
2010 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
2011 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
2013 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
2014 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
2017 enum target_hw_bp_type type
;
2018 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
2019 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
2021 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
2023 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
2025 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
2026 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
2028 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
2030 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
2031 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
2032 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
2033 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
2034 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
2037 addr
= value_address (v
);
2040 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
2045 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
2047 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
2050 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
2051 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
2054 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
2056 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
2057 loc
->address
= addr
;
2061 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
2062 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
2065 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
2067 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
2072 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2073 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2074 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2079 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
2080 struct bp_location
*bl
;
2082 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
2086 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
2089 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2090 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2091 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
2093 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2094 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2095 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2096 this watchpoint in as well. */
2098 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2099 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2100 hardware watchpoint type. */
2101 type
= b
->base
.type
;
2102 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
2103 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
2105 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2106 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2107 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2108 through watch_command), so always account for it
2111 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2112 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
2114 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2115 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
2118 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
2119 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
2121 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
2123 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
2124 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2125 "hardware watchpoint."));
2126 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
2127 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2128 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2130 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2131 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2135 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2136 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2137 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2139 b
->base
.type
= type
;
2142 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
2144 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2145 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2146 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2148 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2149 "read/access watchpoint."));
2152 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2154 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
2155 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
2156 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
2157 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
2160 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
2162 next
= value_next (v
);
2167 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2168 above left it without any location set up. But,
2169 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2170 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2171 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
2172 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (&b
->base
, frame_pspace
);
2174 else if (!within_current_scope
)
2176 printf_filtered (_("\
2177 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2178 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2180 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
2183 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2185 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2189 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2190 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2191 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2192 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2193 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2195 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2197 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2200 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2203 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2206 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2209 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2210 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2211 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2212 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2213 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2214 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2215 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2216 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2217 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2220 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2222 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2223 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2224 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2229 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2230 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2231 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2232 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2237 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2238 instruction that triggered one. */
2239 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2240 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2244 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2245 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2246 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2247 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2256 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2257 that the location is not duplicated. */
2260 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2263 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2266 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2267 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2271 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2272 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2273 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2274 any error during parsing. */
2276 static struct agent_expr
*
2277 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2279 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2284 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2285 that may show up. */
2288 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2291 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2293 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2294 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2295 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2300 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2304 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2305 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2306 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2307 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2308 one of them is true. */
2311 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2313 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2314 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2315 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2316 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2318 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2319 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
);
2321 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2322 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2323 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2325 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2326 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2329 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2330 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2331 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2332 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2333 response back to GDB. */
2334 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2337 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2341 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2343 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2344 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2345 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2346 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2347 aexpr
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
, loc
->cond
);
2348 loc
->cond_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2350 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2351 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2357 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2358 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2359 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2361 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2367 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2368 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2369 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2371 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2372 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2373 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2375 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2378 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2380 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2382 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2385 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2386 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2391 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2392 for this location's address. */
2393 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2397 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2398 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2399 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2401 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2402 conditions to the target. */
2403 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
,
2404 loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2410 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2411 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2412 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2414 static struct agent_expr
*
2415 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2417 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2418 struct expression
*expr
, **argvec
;
2419 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2420 const char *cmdrest
;
2421 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2422 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2424 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2431 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2433 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2435 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2436 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2438 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2440 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2442 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2444 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2446 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2447 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2449 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2451 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2452 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2454 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2456 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2458 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2460 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2461 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2464 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2469 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2470 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
;
2472 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2476 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2477 that may show up. */
2480 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2481 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2482 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2484 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2486 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2487 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2488 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2493 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2495 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2499 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2500 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2501 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2504 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2506 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2507 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2508 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2509 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2511 /* Release commands left over from a previous insert. */
2512 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
);
2514 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2517 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2518 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2521 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2522 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2523 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2525 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2528 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2529 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2530 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2534 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2535 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2536 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2537 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2538 response back to GDB. */
2539 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2542 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2546 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2548 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2549 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2550 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2551 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2552 aexpr
= parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2553 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2554 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2560 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2561 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2562 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2564 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2570 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2572 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2574 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2577 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2578 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2580 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2582 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2585 free_agent_expr (loc
->cmd_bytecode
);
2586 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= NULL
;
2591 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2592 for this location's address. */
2593 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2596 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2597 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2598 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2599 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2601 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2602 to send the commands to the target. */
2603 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
,
2607 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2608 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2609 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2610 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2613 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2614 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2615 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2616 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2619 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2620 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2622 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2623 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2624 int *disabled_breaks
,
2625 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2626 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2628 enum errors bp_err
= GDB_NO_ERROR
;
2629 const char *bp_err_message
= NULL
;
2631 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2634 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2635 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2636 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2637 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2638 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2639 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2640 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2641 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2642 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2643 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2644 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2645 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2647 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2648 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2649 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2650 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2652 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2654 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2655 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2656 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2657 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2660 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2661 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2663 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2665 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2666 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2667 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2669 Two important cases are:
2670 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2671 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2672 hardware breakpoint.
2673 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2674 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2675 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2678 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2679 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2680 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2681 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2683 struct mem_region
*mr
2684 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
);
2688 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2690 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2692 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2693 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2695 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2697 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2699 static int said
= 0;
2701 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2704 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2705 _("Note: automatically using "
2706 "hardware breakpoints for "
2707 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2712 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2713 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2715 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2716 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2717 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2718 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2720 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2726 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2727 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2728 || bl
->section
== NULL
2729 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2731 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2736 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2738 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2740 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2743 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2749 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2750 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2751 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2753 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2754 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2755 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2756 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2757 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2761 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2763 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2764 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2765 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2767 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2772 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2773 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2775 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2777 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2780 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2784 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2785 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2786 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2787 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2791 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2792 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2794 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2799 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2801 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2803 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2806 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2812 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2813 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2818 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2820 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2822 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2823 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2824 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2825 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2826 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2827 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2828 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2829 errors as memory errors. */
2830 if ((bp_err
== GENERIC_ERROR
|| bp_err
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2831 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2832 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2833 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2836 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2837 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2838 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2839 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2841 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2842 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2844 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2845 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2846 "library breakpoints:\n");
2848 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2849 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2850 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2855 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2857 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2858 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_err_message
!= NULL
;
2859 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2860 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2861 bl
->owner
->number
, bp_err_message
? ":" : ".\n");
2862 if (bp_err_message
!= NULL
)
2863 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", bp_err_message
);
2867 if (bp_err_message
== NULL
)
2870 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2871 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2872 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
2874 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2875 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2877 bl
->owner
->number
, message
);
2878 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2882 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2883 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2898 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2899 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2900 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2901 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2905 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2906 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2908 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2910 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2911 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2912 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2914 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2916 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2917 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2919 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2921 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2922 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2926 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2927 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2934 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2935 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2938 /* Back to the original value. */
2939 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2943 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2946 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2950 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2951 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2953 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2956 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2960 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2961 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2963 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2966 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2968 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2969 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2970 so just return success. */
2977 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2978 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2982 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2984 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2985 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2987 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2988 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2990 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2991 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2994 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2995 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2996 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2998 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
3000 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
3002 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3003 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
3004 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
3006 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
3007 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
3009 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
3015 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
3016 removed locations above. */
3017 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
3020 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
3021 Throws exception on any error.
3022 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
3023 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
3025 insert_breakpoints (void)
3027 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3029 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3030 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3032 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
3034 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
3037 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
3038 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
3039 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
3040 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
3043 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
3046 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
3048 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
3050 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
3052 callback (loc
, NULL
);
3056 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3057 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3058 always-inserted mode. */
3061 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3063 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3066 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3067 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3068 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
3070 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3071 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3073 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3074 there was an error. */
3075 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
3077 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3079 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3081 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3083 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
3086 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3087 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3088 deletion of breakpoints. */
3089 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3092 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3094 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3095 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3096 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3097 insert breakpoints. */
3098 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3099 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3102 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3103 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
3110 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3111 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3114 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3117 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3120 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3122 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3123 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3126 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3127 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3128 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
3130 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3131 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3133 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3134 there was an error. */
3135 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
3137 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3139 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3141 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3144 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3145 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3146 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3147 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
3148 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
3151 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3153 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3154 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3155 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3156 insert breakpoints. */
3157 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3158 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3161 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3162 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
3167 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3168 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3169 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3171 int some_failed
= 0;
3172 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3174 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3177 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3180 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3183 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3184 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3191 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3193 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
3195 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3196 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
3197 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3205 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3206 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3207 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3209 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
3210 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3211 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3213 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3214 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3217 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3220 /* Used when the program stops.
3221 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3222 removing a breakpoint location. */
3225 remove_breakpoints (void)
3227 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3230 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3232 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3233 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
3238 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3242 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3244 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3246 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3248 if (b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3250 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3252 printf_filtered (_("\
3253 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3254 b
->number
, print_thread_id (tp
));
3256 /* Hide it from the user. */
3262 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3265 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
3267 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3269 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3271 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3273 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3276 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3278 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
3287 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
3289 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3290 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3292 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
3293 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
3294 struct inferior
*inf
;
3295 struct thread_info
*tp
;
3297 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
3301 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3302 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3304 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
3306 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3307 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3309 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3311 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3317 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
3320 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3325 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3329 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3331 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3332 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3333 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3334 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3335 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3336 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3338 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3341 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3344 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3345 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3349 static struct breakpoint
*
3350 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3351 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3352 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3354 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3355 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3357 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3360 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3361 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3363 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3364 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3365 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3370 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3372 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3374 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3376 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3377 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3379 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3380 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
;
3382 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3383 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3385 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3386 int longjmp_searched
;
3388 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3389 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3391 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3392 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
;
3394 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3395 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
;
3397 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3398 int exception_searched
;
3400 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3401 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3404 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3406 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3407 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3409 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3412 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3414 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3417 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3418 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3420 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3421 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3423 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3425 bp_objfile_data
= ((struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*)
3426 objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
));
3427 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3430 XOBNEW (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
, struct breakpoint_objfile_data
);
3432 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3433 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3435 return bp_objfile_data
;
3439 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3441 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
3442 = (struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*) data
;
3444 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3445 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3449 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3451 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3452 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3454 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3456 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3457 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3459 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3461 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3463 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3466 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3468 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3470 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3471 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3473 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3474 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3477 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3480 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3481 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3483 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3484 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3485 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3486 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3488 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3490 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3491 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3495 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3496 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3499 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3503 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3505 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3506 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3508 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3510 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3512 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3514 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3516 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3519 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3520 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3522 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3524 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3526 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3530 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3533 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3534 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3536 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3538 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3539 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3540 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3544 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3545 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3548 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3551 struct probe
*probe
;
3552 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3555 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3556 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3560 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3562 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3563 get_probe_address (probe
,
3566 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3568 = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3569 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3575 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3578 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3580 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3581 const char *func_name
;
3583 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3585 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3588 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3589 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3591 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3593 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3594 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3596 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3597 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3600 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3603 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3604 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3605 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3606 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3607 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3608 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3609 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3613 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3615 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3618 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3620 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3622 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3623 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3624 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3626 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3628 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3630 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3633 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3635 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3637 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3638 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3639 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3641 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3643 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3646 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3648 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3650 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3651 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3652 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3654 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3655 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3658 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3661 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3662 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3663 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3664 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3665 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3666 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3667 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3668 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3672 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3674 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3677 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3680 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3682 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3683 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3685 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3687 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3688 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3689 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3691 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3693 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3695 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3696 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3700 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3704 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3705 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3707 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3709 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3710 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3711 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3715 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3716 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3719 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3721 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3723 struct probe
*probe
;
3726 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3727 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3731 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3733 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3734 get_probe_address (probe
,
3736 bp_exception_master
,
3737 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3739 = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3740 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3746 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3748 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3751 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3753 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3755 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3757 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3758 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3760 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3764 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3767 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3768 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3770 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3771 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3772 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3773 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3774 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3775 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3778 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3782 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3784 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3785 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3787 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3788 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3789 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3790 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3791 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3792 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3793 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3794 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3795 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3796 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3797 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3799 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3801 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3804 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3805 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3807 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3811 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3812 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3814 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3818 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3819 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3820 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3821 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3822 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3824 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3828 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3829 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3831 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3835 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3836 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3838 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3842 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3844 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3845 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3846 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3848 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3852 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3854 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3855 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3856 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3857 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3861 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3862 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3863 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3864 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3865 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3866 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3868 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3869 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3870 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3871 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3872 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3873 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3874 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3876 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3877 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3878 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3879 let finish_command delete it.
3881 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3882 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3883 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3884 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3885 solib breakpoints.) */
3887 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3892 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3893 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3895 if (event_location_empty_p (b
->location
))
3897 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3904 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3906 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3908 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3909 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3911 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid
) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
))
3912 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3914 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3915 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3916 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3918 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3921 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3922 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3923 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3924 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3925 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3926 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3927 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3931 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
3934 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3938 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3939 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3940 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3941 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3942 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3945 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3949 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3950 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3952 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3953 This should not ever happen. */
3954 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3956 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3957 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3959 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3960 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3961 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3963 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3964 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3965 || bl
->section
== NULL
3966 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3968 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3970 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3971 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3972 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3973 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3974 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3975 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3976 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3977 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3978 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3979 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3980 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3981 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3982 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3983 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3984 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3985 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3986 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3987 they should always be removed. */
3988 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3989 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3990 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3993 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3997 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3998 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3999 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
4001 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
4002 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
4004 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
4005 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
4006 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4007 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
4008 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
4010 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
4011 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
4013 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
4014 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
4017 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
4018 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
4019 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
4020 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
4022 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
4023 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
4024 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
4025 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
4026 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4027 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
4033 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
4038 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
4039 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
4040 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
4041 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
4042 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
4043 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
4044 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
4045 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
4046 always-inserted mode. */
4048 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4049 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
4050 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
4051 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
4057 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4059 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
4061 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4062 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4064 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4065 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
4067 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
4068 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
4069 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
4072 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
4073 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4076 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4077 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4079 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
4083 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4090 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
4093 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4095 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4096 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
4098 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4099 This should not ever happen. */
4100 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
4102 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
4104 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
4106 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
4108 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4112 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4115 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4117 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4119 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4120 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
4124 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4125 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4127 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4130 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4131 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4132 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4137 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
4139 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
4140 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4142 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
4144 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4146 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4149 mark_breakpoints_out ();
4151 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
4153 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
4159 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
4161 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4162 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4165 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4167 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4169 case bp_shlib_event
:
4171 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4172 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4173 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4174 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4175 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4177 (gdb) file prog-linux
4178 (gdb) run # native linux target
4181 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4182 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4185 case bp_step_resume
:
4187 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4189 case bp_single_step
:
4191 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
4193 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4197 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4198 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4199 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4201 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4203 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4204 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
4205 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4206 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
4208 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4209 insert_breakpoints. */
4211 value_free (w
->val
);
4222 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4223 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
4224 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
4225 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
4228 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4229 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4230 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4231 match, not program space. */
4233 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4234 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4235 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4236 permanent breakpoint.
4237 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4238 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4239 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4240 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4241 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4243 enum breakpoint_here
4244 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4246 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4247 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
4249 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4251 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4252 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4255 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4256 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4258 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4260 if (overlay_debugging
4261 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4262 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4263 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4264 else if (bl
->permanent
)
4265 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4267 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4271 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: no_breakpoint_here
;
4274 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4277 breakpoint_in_range_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4278 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4280 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4282 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4284 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4285 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4288 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4290 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl
, aspace
,
4293 if (overlay_debugging
4294 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4295 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4297 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4308 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4311 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4313 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4316 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4317 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4323 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4327 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4328 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4331 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4334 if (overlay_debugging
4335 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4336 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4337 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4344 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4347 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4349 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4350 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4352 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4354 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4356 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4357 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4360 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4366 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4370 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4373 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4374 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4376 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4378 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4380 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4383 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4390 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4393 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4396 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4397 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4399 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4401 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4403 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4406 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4414 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4415 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4417 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4419 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4421 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4423 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4424 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4427 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4430 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4431 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4435 /* Check for intersection. */
4436 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
4437 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4446 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4450 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4452 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4455 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4459 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4461 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4462 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4463 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4464 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4468 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4469 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4472 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4489 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4490 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4493 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4497 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4502 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4504 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4505 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4506 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4507 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4508 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4510 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4511 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4515 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4525 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4528 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4533 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4535 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4541 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4544 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4546 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4548 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4550 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4552 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4557 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4566 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4567 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4568 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4569 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4571 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4572 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4574 Return 1 otherwise. */
4577 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4579 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4582 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4584 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4585 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4586 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4587 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4588 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4590 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4592 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4596 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4599 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4601 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4604 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4607 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4611 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4613 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4615 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4617 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4623 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4626 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4628 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4630 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4632 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4633 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4634 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4635 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4636 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4640 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4643 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4646 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4648 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4651 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4652 or its equivalent. */
4655 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4657 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4660 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4661 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4662 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4663 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4665 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4666 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4667 bpstat of the current thread. */
4670 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4673 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4676 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4678 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4681 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4682 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4684 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4686 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4689 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4690 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4692 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4693 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4694 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4696 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4698 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4699 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4700 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4701 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4702 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4703 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4704 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4705 the tree when we're done. */
4706 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4707 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4708 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4709 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4710 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4712 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4718 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4720 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4726 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4727 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4729 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4731 if (interpreter_async
)
4732 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4733 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4734 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4737 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4738 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4739 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4740 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4741 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4742 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4743 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4744 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4745 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4746 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4747 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4748 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4749 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4754 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4759 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4761 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4763 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4764 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4765 && target_has_execution
4766 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4767 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4768 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4769 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4770 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4771 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4772 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4775 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4778 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4781 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4784 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4787 struct value_print_options opts
;
4788 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4789 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4793 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4794 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4795 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4796 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4799 static enum print_stop_action
4800 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4802 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4805 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4806 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4810 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4811 relevant messages. */
4812 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4815 case print_it_normal
:
4817 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4819 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4820 which has since been deleted. */
4822 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4824 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4825 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4830 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4831 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4836 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4839 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4842 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4844 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4848 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4849 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4850 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4852 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4853 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4854 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4857 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
4858 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
4859 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4863 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4867 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4868 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4871 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4876 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4877 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", name
);
4878 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4881 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4886 struct so_list
*iter
;
4888 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4890 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4891 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4894 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4899 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4900 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", iter
->so_name
);
4901 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4904 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4908 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4909 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4910 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4911 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4912 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4913 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4914 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4917 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4918 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4919 code to print the location. An example is
4920 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4922 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4923 to also print the location part of the message.
4924 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4925 don't require a location appended to the end.
4926 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4927 further info to be printed. */
4929 enum print_stop_action
4930 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4932 enum print_stop_action val
;
4934 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4935 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4936 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4937 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4938 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4940 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4941 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4942 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4943 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4947 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4948 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4949 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4950 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4952 print_solib_event (0);
4953 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4956 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4957 with and nothing was printed. */
4958 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4961 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4962 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4963 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4964 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4965 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4966 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4969 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4971 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4972 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4974 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4978 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4981 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4985 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
4987 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
4988 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
4989 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
4990 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
4991 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4992 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4993 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4995 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
4999 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
5000 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
5003 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5005 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
5007 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5009 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
5011 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
5012 as not triggered. */
5014 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5016 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5018 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
5024 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
5026 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
5027 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
5029 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5031 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5033 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
5039 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
5040 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
5044 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
5046 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5047 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5049 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
5050 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
5052 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
5054 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
5055 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
5057 if (newaddr
== start
)
5059 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5063 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
5064 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
5068 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5077 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
5078 because of check_errors). */
5079 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
5080 #define WP_DELETED 1
5081 /* The value has changed. */
5082 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
5083 /* The value has not changed. */
5084 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
5085 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
5088 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
5089 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
5091 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
5094 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
5095 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
5098 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
5100 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
5101 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5102 struct frame_info
*fr
;
5103 int within_current_scope
;
5105 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
5106 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
5107 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5109 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
5110 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
5111 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
5112 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
5115 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5116 within_current_scope
= 1;
5119 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
5120 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5121 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
5123 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
5124 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
5125 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
5126 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
5127 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
5128 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
5129 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
5130 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5131 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5132 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
5135 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
5136 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
5138 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5139 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5140 if (within_current_scope
)
5142 struct symbol
*function
;
5144 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
5145 if (function
== NULL
5146 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
5147 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
5148 within_current_scope
= 0;
5151 if (within_current_scope
)
5152 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5153 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5158 if (within_current_scope
)
5160 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5161 time before we return to the command level and call
5162 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5163 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5167 struct value
*new_val
;
5169 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
5170 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5171 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5172 a mask watchpoint. */
5173 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5175 mark
= value_mark ();
5176 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
5178 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
5179 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
5181 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5182 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5183 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5184 not what we want. */
5185 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
5186 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
5188 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
5190 release_value (new_val
);
5191 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5193 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
5196 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5200 /* Nothing changed. */
5201 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5202 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
5207 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5209 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5210 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5211 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5212 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5213 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5214 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5215 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5216 the first value assigned). */
5217 /* We print all the stop information in
5218 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5219 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5220 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5222 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5224 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
5225 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
5226 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
5228 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
5229 which its expression is valid.\n");
5231 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5232 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
5233 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5239 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5240 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5241 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5244 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
5245 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5246 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5248 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
5250 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5251 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5253 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5256 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5257 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5260 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
5262 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5263 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5265 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5266 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5267 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5268 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5269 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5272 int must_check_value
= 0;
5274 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5275 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5277 must_check_value
= 1;
5278 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5279 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5280 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5282 must_check_value
= 1;
5283 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5284 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5285 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5286 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5287 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5288 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5289 must_check_value
= 1;
5291 if (must_check_value
)
5294 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5296 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
5297 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
5299 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
5303 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5304 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5308 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5311 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5312 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5314 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5316 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5317 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5318 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5319 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5320 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5321 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5322 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5325 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5326 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5329 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5330 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5331 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5332 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5334 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5335 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5336 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5339 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5340 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5341 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5342 changes. This still gives false positives when
5343 the program writes the same value to memory as
5344 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5345 it for a read), but it's much better than
5348 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5350 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5352 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5354 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5355 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5356 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5358 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5359 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5361 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5362 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5364 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5370 if (other_write_watchpoint
5371 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5373 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5374 and the value changed since the last time we
5375 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5377 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5382 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5383 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5384 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5386 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5387 the value hasn't changed. */
5388 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5396 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5397 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
5398 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5399 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5400 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5404 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5406 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5407 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5408 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5409 anything for this watchpoint. */
5410 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5416 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5417 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5418 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5419 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5422 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5424 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5425 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5426 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5427 struct expression
*cond
;
5429 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5431 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5432 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5433 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5434 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5435 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5437 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5438 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5439 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5441 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5442 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5448 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5449 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5451 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= ptid_to_global_thread_id (ptid
))
5452 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (ptid
)))
5459 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5461 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5463 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5465 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5472 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5474 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5475 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5477 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5478 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5479 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5480 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5482 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5484 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5485 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5489 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5490 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5491 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5492 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5493 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5495 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5496 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5499 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5501 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5502 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5503 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5504 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5505 really matter which instantiation of the function
5506 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5507 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5508 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5509 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5510 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5511 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5512 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5513 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5515 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5517 select_frame (frame
);
5519 within_current_scope
= 0;
5521 if (within_current_scope
)
5523 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5524 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5528 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5529 "in the current scope"));
5530 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5531 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5534 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5535 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5538 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5542 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5546 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5548 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5552 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5553 on the current target. */
5556 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5558 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5559 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5560 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5561 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5565 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5566 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5568 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5569 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5572 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5574 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5576 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5577 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5578 several reasons concurrently.)
5580 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5581 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5584 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5585 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5586 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5588 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5589 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5590 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5591 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5592 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5593 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5596 int need_remove_insert
;
5599 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5600 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5601 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5602 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5603 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5604 inferior function calls. */
5608 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5611 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5613 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5614 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5615 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5616 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5617 checked all locations already. */
5618 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5621 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5624 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5627 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5630 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5633 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5634 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5635 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5639 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5640 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5641 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5643 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5645 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5647 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5652 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5653 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5654 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5656 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5658 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5659 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5661 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5662 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5665 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5670 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5671 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5672 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5674 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5676 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5678 handle_solib_event ();
5683 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5684 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5685 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5689 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5694 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5695 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5698 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5703 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5705 /* We will stop here. */
5706 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5708 --(b
->enable_count
);
5709 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5710 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5715 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5716 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5717 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5718 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5721 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5726 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5728 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5729 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5732 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5733 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5734 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5736 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5737 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5738 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5740 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5741 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5743 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5745 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5746 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5749 if (need_remove_insert
)
5750 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5751 else if (removed_any
)
5752 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5758 handle_jit_event (void)
5760 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5761 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5764 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5766 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5767 breakpoint_re_set. */
5768 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5770 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5771 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5773 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5775 target_terminal_inferior ();
5778 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5780 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5783 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5785 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5789 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5790 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5791 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5793 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5795 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5796 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5797 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5800 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5802 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5803 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5807 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5814 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5815 case bp_single_step
:
5818 case bp_shlib_event
:
5822 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5824 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5827 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5830 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5831 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5832 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5836 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5838 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5842 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5843 This requires no further action. */
5847 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5851 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5852 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5855 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5857 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5858 case bp_exception_resume
:
5861 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5862 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5865 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5867 case bp_step_resume
:
5869 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5872 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5873 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5876 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5878 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5881 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5882 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5885 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5886 case bp_thread_event
:
5887 case bp_overlay_event
:
5888 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5889 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5890 case bp_exception_master
:
5891 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5897 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5899 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5903 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5904 This requires no further action. */
5909 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5912 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5913 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5914 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5915 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5917 case bp_std_terminate
:
5918 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5919 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5920 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5921 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5924 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5925 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5926 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5927 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5929 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5930 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5932 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5933 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5934 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5936 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5937 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5938 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5939 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5944 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5946 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5950 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5951 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5954 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5961 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head
)
5965 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5967 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5974 handle_jit_event ();
5976 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5977 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5979 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5980 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5986 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5987 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5988 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5991 bpstat_should_step (void)
5993 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5996 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
6002 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
6004 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
6013 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
6014 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
6015 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
6018 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
6020 static char wrap_indent
[80];
6021 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
6025 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
6027 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
6029 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
6030 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
6031 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
6036 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
6042 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
6043 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
6045 "host": Host evals condition.
6046 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
6047 "target": Target evals condition.
6051 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6053 struct bp_location
*bl
;
6054 char host_evals
= 0;
6055 char target_evals
= 0;
6060 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
6063 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6064 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6065 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6067 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6069 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6075 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
6076 return condition_evaluation_both
;
6077 else if (target_evals
)
6078 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6080 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6083 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
6084 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
6087 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6089 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
6092 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6093 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6094 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6096 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6097 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6099 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6102 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
6105 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6106 struct bp_location
*loc
)
6108 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6109 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
6111 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6115 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
6117 if (b
->display_canonical
)
6118 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what",
6119 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
6120 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
6123 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
6126 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
6127 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
6128 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
6129 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
6130 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
6131 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
6133 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
6134 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
6135 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
6137 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6138 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname",
6139 symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
6141 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
6145 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
6146 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
6148 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
,
6150 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
6152 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
6156 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending",
6157 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
6158 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
6159 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
6160 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
6161 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
6163 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
6164 ui_out_text (uiout
, ",");
6166 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
6167 ui_out_text (uiout
, b
->extra_string
);
6171 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
6172 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6173 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
6175 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6176 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6177 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
6178 ui_out_text (uiout
, ")");
6181 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6185 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
6187 struct ep_type_description
6192 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
6194 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
6195 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
6196 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
6197 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
6198 {bp_until
, "until"},
6199 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
6200 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
6201 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
6202 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
6203 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
6204 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
6205 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
6206 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6207 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
6208 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
6209 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
6210 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
6211 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
6212 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
6213 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
6214 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
6215 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
6216 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
6217 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
6218 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
6219 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
6220 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
6221 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
6222 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
6223 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
6224 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
6225 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
6226 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6227 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6230 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
6231 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
6232 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6233 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6236 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
6239 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6240 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6243 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
6244 const char *field_name
,
6248 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
6249 int is_mi
= ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
);
6253 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6254 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6255 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6258 back_to
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout
, field_name
);
6260 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
6266 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
6267 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, NULL
, mi_group
);
6272 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
6274 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
6276 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
));
6280 do_cleanups (back_to
);
6283 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6286 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6287 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6289 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6292 struct command_line
*l
;
6293 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6295 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6296 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6297 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6298 struct value_print_options opts
;
6300 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6302 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6303 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6304 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6307 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
6308 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6316 if (part_of_multiple
)
6319 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6320 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
6325 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6330 if (part_of_multiple
)
6331 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
6333 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6337 if (part_of_multiple
)
6338 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
6340 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6345 if (part_of_multiple
)
6346 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6348 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
6349 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6350 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
6354 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6356 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6357 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6358 make sure there's just one location. */
6359 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
6360 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6366 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6367 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6371 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6372 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6373 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6375 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6377 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6378 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6379 is relatively readable). */
6380 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6381 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6383 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
6388 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6389 case bp_single_step
:
6393 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6394 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6396 case bp_exception_resume
:
6397 case bp_step_resume
:
6398 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6399 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6401 case bp_std_terminate
:
6402 case bp_shlib_event
:
6403 case bp_thread_event
:
6404 case bp_overlay_event
:
6405 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6406 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6407 case bp_exception_master
:
6409 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6410 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6413 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6414 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6415 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6418 if (header_of_multiple
)
6419 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6420 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6421 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6423 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
6424 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6427 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6428 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6435 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6437 struct inferior
*inf
;
6438 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6443 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6444 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6447 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6448 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6450 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6451 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6452 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6453 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6454 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6455 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6457 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6458 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6461 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6463 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6465 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6466 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6467 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
6468 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6470 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6472 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
6473 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
6477 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6479 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6480 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6482 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6485 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6486 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6488 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
6489 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6490 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6493 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6496 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6497 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
6499 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
6500 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
6502 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6503 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6504 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6505 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6506 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6508 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6509 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6510 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6511 ui_out_text (uiout
, " evals)");
6513 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6516 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6518 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6519 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
6520 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6521 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6524 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (b
->thread
);
6526 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "thread", print_thread_id (thr
));
6528 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6531 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6535 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6536 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6537 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
6538 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6539 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
6541 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
6542 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
6543 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6544 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6545 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
6547 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
6551 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6552 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6553 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6557 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6560 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
6561 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6562 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6565 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6566 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6567 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6568 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6571 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tdisable after ");
6572 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6573 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6574 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6575 ui_out_text (uiout
, "additional ");
6577 ui_out_text (uiout
, "next ");
6578 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "enable", b
->enable_count
);
6579 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6582 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6584 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6586 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6588 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6589 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6590 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
6594 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6595 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6597 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
6600 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
6601 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6602 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
6605 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6607 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6609 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6611 annotate_field (10);
6612 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
6613 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
6614 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6617 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6619 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6621 annotate_field (11);
6623 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6624 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "installed",
6625 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6629 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\t");
6631 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tnot ");
6632 ui_out_text (uiout
, "installed on target\n");
6637 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
6639 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6641 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6643 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6645 else if (b
->location
!= NULL
6646 && event_location_to_string (b
->location
) != NULL
)
6647 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location",
6648 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
6653 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6654 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6657 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
6658 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6660 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
6662 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6663 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6665 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6666 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6667 locations, if any. */
6668 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6670 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6671 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6672 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6675 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6676 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6678 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6679 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6681 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6684 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6686 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
6687 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
6688 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6689 do_cleanups (inner2
);
6696 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6698 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6699 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6701 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6702 address to print. */
6703 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b
))
6706 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6710 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6711 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6712 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6715 return print_address_bits
;
6718 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6724 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6726 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
6727 = (struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*) data
;
6728 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6729 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6733 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6735 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6743 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6744 char **error_message
)
6746 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6749 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6751 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6752 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6758 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6759 internal or momentary. */
6762 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6764 return b
->number
> 0;
6767 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6768 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6769 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6770 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6771 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6772 breakpoints listed. */
6775 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6776 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6778 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6779 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6780 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6781 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6782 struct value_print_options opts
;
6783 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6784 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6785 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6787 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6789 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6790 required for address fields. */
6791 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6794 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6795 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6798 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6799 accept. Skip the others. */
6800 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6802 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6804 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6808 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6810 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6812 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6813 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6814 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6816 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6817 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6818 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6820 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6824 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6826 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6827 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6831 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6832 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6835 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6836 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6837 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6839 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6840 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6842 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
6843 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6844 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6846 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6847 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6849 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6850 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6852 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6854 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6855 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
6856 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6858 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
6859 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6861 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6863 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6864 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
6865 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6866 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6871 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6872 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6875 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6876 accept. Skip the others. */
6878 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6880 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6882 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6885 else /* all others */
6887 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6891 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6893 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6894 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6897 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6899 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6901 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6905 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6906 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6908 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
6909 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6915 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6916 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6919 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6920 there have been breakpoints? */
6921 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6923 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6926 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6927 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6930 default_collect_info (void)
6932 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6934 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6935 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6937 if (!*default_collect
)
6940 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6942 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
6943 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
6944 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6948 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6950 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6952 default_collect_info ();
6956 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6958 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6959 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6961 if (num_printed
== 0)
6963 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6964 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6966 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6971 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6973 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6975 default_collect_info ();
6979 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6980 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6981 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6983 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6985 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6987 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6988 && bl
->address
== pc
6989 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6995 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6996 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
7000 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7001 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
7002 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
7005 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7008 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
7009 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
7013 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
7014 else /* if (others == ???) */
7015 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
7017 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
7020 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
7021 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
7022 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
7023 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
7024 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
7025 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
7026 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
7027 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
7031 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
7033 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
7034 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
7035 printf_filtered (".\n");
7040 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
7041 BPT locations. For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members
7042 are irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to other
7043 addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
7045 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
7046 always have a zero valued location address and we don't want to mark
7047 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
7048 breakpoint location at address zero:
7056 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7058 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
7060 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
7063 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
7064 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
7067 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7068 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7070 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
7071 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
7073 /* Both of them must exist. */
7074 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
7075 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
7077 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
7078 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
7079 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
7080 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
7081 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
7082 other watchpoint. */
7084 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
7086 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
7089 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
7091 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
7095 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
7096 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
7097 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
7098 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
7099 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
7100 become hw_access locations later. */
7101 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
7102 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
7103 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
7104 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7107 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7110 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7111 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
7113 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7114 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7118 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
7119 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
7120 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
7121 space doesn't really matter. */
7124 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7125 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
7128 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7129 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7130 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
7133 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
7134 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
7135 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
7136 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
7139 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7140 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7143 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
7146 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
7147 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
7151 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
7152 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
7153 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
7154 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
7155 doesn't really matter. */
7158 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7159 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7160 CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
)
7162 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7163 || bl
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
)
7165 int bl_len
= bl
->length
!= 0 ? bl
->length
: 1;
7167 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr
, len
, bl
->address
, bl_len
))
7173 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
7174 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
7175 true, otherwise returns false. */
7178 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7179 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7181 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7182 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
7183 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
7184 different locations. */
7185 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
7190 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
7191 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
7192 represent the same location. */
7195 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7196 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7198 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
7200 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7201 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
7202 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
7204 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
7205 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
7207 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
7210 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7211 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7212 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7214 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7215 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
7216 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
7217 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7221 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
7222 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
7224 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7225 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7229 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
7230 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
7232 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7233 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
7235 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
7238 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7239 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7240 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7241 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7244 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7245 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
7247 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
7249 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7252 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
7253 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
7254 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
7255 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
7256 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
7258 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7259 have their addresses modified. */
7262 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
7264 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
7265 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
7266 applies to this address, then it should have already been
7267 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
7268 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7269 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7274 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
7276 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7277 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7278 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
7280 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7281 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7283 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
7284 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
7286 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
7291 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
7292 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
7294 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
7296 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7301 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
7302 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7305 switch (owner
->type
)
7308 case bp_single_step
:
7312 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7313 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7315 case bp_exception_resume
:
7316 case bp_step_resume
:
7317 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7318 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7320 case bp_std_terminate
:
7321 case bp_shlib_event
:
7322 case bp_thread_event
:
7323 case bp_overlay_event
:
7325 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7326 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7327 case bp_exception_master
:
7328 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7329 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7331 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7332 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7334 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7335 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7336 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7338 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7339 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7340 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7341 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7346 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7347 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7348 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
7351 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7357 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7359 static struct bp_location
*
7360 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7362 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7366 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7368 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
7372 /* Increment reference count. */
7375 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7380 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7381 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7384 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7386 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7388 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7389 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7393 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7396 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7398 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7400 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7401 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7403 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7405 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
7414 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7417 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7418 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7420 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7422 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
7424 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7428 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7429 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7430 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7432 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7435 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
7437 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
7438 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
7439 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
7440 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7444 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7445 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7447 static struct breakpoint
*
7448 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7450 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7452 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7454 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7455 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7459 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7460 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7464 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7466 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7468 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7469 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7470 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7473 const char *function_name
;
7474 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
7476 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7477 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7479 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7481 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7483 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7484 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7485 &loc
->requested_address
))
7487 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7488 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7489 loc
->requested_address
,
7492 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7493 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7495 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7496 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7497 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7498 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7500 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7505 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7509 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7511 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7514 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7516 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
.symtab
));
7521 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7522 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7523 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7525 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7526 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7527 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7530 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7531 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7532 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7534 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7536 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7538 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7539 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7541 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7542 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7544 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7545 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7548 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7549 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7550 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7551 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7552 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7553 is also returned as the value of this function.
7555 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7556 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7557 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7558 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7559 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7560 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7561 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7564 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7565 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7566 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7568 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7570 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7571 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7575 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7576 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7577 initiated the operation. */
7580 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7582 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7583 int thread
= tp
->global_num
;
7585 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7586 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7587 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7588 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7589 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7590 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7591 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7592 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7594 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7595 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7597 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7598 after their removal. */
7599 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7600 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7601 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7604 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7607 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7609 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7611 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7613 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7614 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7616 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7617 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7622 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7624 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7626 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7627 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7629 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7630 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7634 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7635 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7636 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7640 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7642 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7645 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7647 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7649 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7650 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7652 new_b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7654 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7656 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7659 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7660 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7661 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7662 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7668 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7669 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7672 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7673 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7677 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7679 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7681 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7682 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
)
7684 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7686 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7687 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7688 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7689 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7692 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
->ptid
);
7694 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7696 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7697 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7698 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7700 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7705 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7707 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7710 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7712 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7713 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7714 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7719 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7721 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7724 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7726 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7727 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7728 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7732 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7733 master breakpoint. */
7735 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7737 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7739 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7740 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7741 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7743 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7744 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7748 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7750 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7752 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7754 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7755 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7756 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7760 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7762 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7764 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7765 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7767 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7768 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7769 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
);
7771 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7776 struct lang_and_radix
7782 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7785 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7787 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7789 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7790 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7791 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7795 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7798 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7800 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7802 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7803 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7804 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7805 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7809 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7811 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7813 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7814 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7815 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7816 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7819 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7822 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7824 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7826 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7827 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7828 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7829 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7832 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7833 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7834 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7836 static struct breakpoint
*
7837 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7838 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7840 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7842 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7843 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7844 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7849 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7851 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7854 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7857 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7859 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7861 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7863 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7864 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7866 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7872 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7873 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7876 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7878 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7880 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7882 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7883 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7885 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7886 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7887 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7888 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7889 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7890 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7891 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7892 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7893 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7894 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7895 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7896 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7899 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7904 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7905 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7906 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7909 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7911 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7912 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7914 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7915 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7916 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7917 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7918 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
7919 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
7922 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7924 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7925 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7927 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7928 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7929 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7930 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7931 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7932 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7933 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7934 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7935 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7937 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7938 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7939 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7940 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7943 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7944 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7946 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7948 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7949 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7950 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7953 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7958 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7959 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7960 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7963 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7965 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7967 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7970 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7971 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7972 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7973 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7974 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7975 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7976 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7977 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7978 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7979 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7981 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7982 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7987 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7988 int bp_modified
= 0;
7990 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7993 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7995 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7997 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7998 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
8001 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
8004 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
8007 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
8008 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
8011 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
8013 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
8014 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
8015 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
8016 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
8017 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
8020 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
8027 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
8031 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
8033 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
8034 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
8035 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
8036 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8037 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8039 struct fork_catchpoint
8041 /* The base class. */
8042 struct breakpoint base
;
8044 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
8045 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
8046 catchpoint has triggered. */
8047 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
8050 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8054 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8056 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8059 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8063 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8065 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8068 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8072 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8073 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8074 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8076 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8078 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
8081 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8085 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8088 static enum print_stop_action
8089 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
8091 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8092 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8093 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8095 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8096 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8097 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8099 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8100 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8102 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8103 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
8104 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8106 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8107 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
8108 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8109 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8110 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8113 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8117 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8119 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8120 struct value_print_options opts
;
8121 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8123 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8125 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8126 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8128 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8129 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8131 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
8132 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8134 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
8135 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
8136 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8137 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
8140 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8141 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "fork");
8144 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8148 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8150 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
8153 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8157 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8159 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
8160 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8163 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
8165 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
8167 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8171 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8173 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8176 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8180 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8182 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8185 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8189 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8190 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8191 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8193 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8195 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
8198 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8202 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8205 static enum print_stop_action
8206 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
8208 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8209 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8210 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8212 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8213 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8214 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8216 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8217 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8219 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8220 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
8221 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8223 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8224 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
8225 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8226 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8227 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8230 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8234 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8236 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8237 struct value_print_options opts
;
8238 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8240 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8241 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8242 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8244 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8245 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8247 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
8248 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8250 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
8251 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
8252 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8253 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
8256 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8257 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "vfork");
8260 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8264 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8266 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
8269 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8273 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8275 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
8276 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8279 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8281 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
8283 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8284 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8285 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8286 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8287 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8289 struct solib_catchpoint
8291 /* The base class. */
8292 struct breakpoint base
;
8294 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8295 unsigned char is_load
;
8297 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8298 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8304 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8306 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8309 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
8310 xfree (self
->regex
);
8312 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8316 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8322 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8328 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8329 struct address_space
*aspace
,
8331 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8333 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8334 struct breakpoint
*other
;
8336 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
8339 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
8341 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
8343 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
8346 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
8349 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
8352 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
8354 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
8363 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
8365 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
8366 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8371 struct so_list
*iter
;
8374 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
8379 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8388 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
8393 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8399 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8402 static enum print_stop_action
8403 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8405 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8406 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8408 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8409 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8410 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8412 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8413 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8414 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8415 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8416 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8417 print_solib_event (1);
8418 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8422 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8424 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8425 struct value_print_options opts
;
8426 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8429 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8430 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8431 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8433 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8436 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8443 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8445 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8450 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8452 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8454 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
8457 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8458 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type",
8459 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8463 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8465 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8467 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8468 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8472 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8474 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8476 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8477 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8478 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8480 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8481 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8484 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8486 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8487 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8488 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8489 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8490 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8491 created in an enabled state. */
8494 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8496 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
8497 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8498 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8502 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8504 c
= XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint
);
8505 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
8511 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
8514 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
8516 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
8517 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
8519 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8522 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8523 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8524 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8526 c
->base
.enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8528 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
8529 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8532 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8536 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8537 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8540 const int enabled
= 1;
8542 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8544 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8548 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8549 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8551 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8555 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8556 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8558 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8561 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8562 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8563 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8564 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8567 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8568 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8570 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8572 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8575 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8577 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8579 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8580 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8584 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8586 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8587 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8588 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8589 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8592 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8595 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8599 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8600 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
8601 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8603 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
8605 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8607 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8609 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8612 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8614 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8615 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8616 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8617 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8618 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8620 struct exec_catchpoint
8622 /* The base class. */
8623 struct breakpoint base
;
8625 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8626 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8628 char *exec_pathname
;
8631 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8635 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8637 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8639 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8641 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8645 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8647 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8651 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8653 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8657 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8658 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8659 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8661 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8663 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8666 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8670 static enum print_stop_action
8671 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8673 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8674 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8675 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8677 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8678 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8679 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8681 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8682 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8684 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8685 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8686 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8688 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8689 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
8690 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8691 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8693 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8697 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8699 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8700 struct value_print_options opts
;
8701 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8703 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8705 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8706 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8707 is relatively readable). */
8708 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8709 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8711 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
8712 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8714 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
8715 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8716 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8719 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8720 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "exec");
8724 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8726 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8729 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8733 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8735 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8736 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8739 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8742 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8745 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8746 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8750 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8751 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8753 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8755 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8762 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8766 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8769 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8771 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8774 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8776 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8778 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8784 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8785 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8786 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8787 types _not_ TYPE. */
8790 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8791 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8794 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8796 *other_type_used
= 0;
8801 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8804 if (b
->type
== type
)
8805 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8806 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8807 *other_type_used
= 1;
8814 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8816 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8820 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8822 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8823 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8829 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8831 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8835 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8837 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8838 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8844 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8846 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8847 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8851 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8853 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8854 breakpoint_re_set ();
8857 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8860 static struct breakpoint
*
8861 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
8863 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
8865 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
8866 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8868 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8869 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
8872 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
8874 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8879 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8880 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8884 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8885 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8887 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8889 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8891 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8893 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8894 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8895 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8896 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8898 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8899 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8901 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8902 b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8904 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8909 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8910 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8911 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8913 static struct breakpoint
*
8914 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8916 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8919 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8921 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8922 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8923 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8925 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8926 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8927 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8928 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8929 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8930 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8931 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8932 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8933 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8934 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8935 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8936 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8938 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8939 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8940 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8942 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8946 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8950 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8952 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8956 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
8960 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8963 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8965 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8967 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8968 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8970 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8974 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8977 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8979 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8980 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
8982 printf_filtered ("\n");
8986 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
8988 static struct bp_location
*
8989 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8990 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8992 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8993 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8994 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8996 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8997 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8999 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
9000 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
9001 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
9002 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
9003 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
9004 location that's only been partially initialized. */
9005 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
9008 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
9009 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
9010 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
9011 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
9016 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
9017 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
9018 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
9019 loc
->probe
.probe
= sal
->probe
;
9020 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
9021 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
9022 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
9023 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
9024 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
9025 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
9027 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
9028 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
9030 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
9031 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
9032 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
9033 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
9034 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
9035 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
9036 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
9037 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
9038 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
9039 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
9040 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
9041 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
9043 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
9050 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9053 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
9057 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
9058 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
9059 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9063 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
9065 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9069 target_mem
= (gdb_byte
*) alloca (len
);
9071 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9072 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9073 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9074 cleanup
= make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9076 if (target_read_memory (address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
9077 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
9080 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9085 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9086 return 0 otherwise. */
9089 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
9091 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9094 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
9096 /* If we have a catchpoint or a watchpoint, just return 0. We should not
9097 attempt to read from the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types
9098 point to. program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
9100 if (!breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc
->owner
))
9103 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9104 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
9106 retval
= program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
9108 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9113 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9114 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9117 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9119 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
9120 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
9125 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9127 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9129 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
9131 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9133 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
9134 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9136 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
9137 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9138 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
9140 if (!dprintf_function
)
9141 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9143 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
9144 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9149 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9153 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
9155 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9156 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9159 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9160 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9164 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9165 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9167 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
9168 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9170 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
= XNEW (struct command_line
);
9172 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
9173 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
9174 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
9175 printf_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
9176 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
9178 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, printf_cmd_line
);
9182 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9183 current style settings. */
9186 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
9187 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
9189 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9193 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
9194 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9198 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
9199 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
9200 as condition expression. */
9203 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9204 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
9205 struct event_location
*location
,
9206 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9208 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9209 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9210 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9211 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9212 int display_canonical
)
9216 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9218 int target_resources_ok
;
9220 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9221 target_resources_ok
=
9222 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9224 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9225 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9226 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9227 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9230 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
9232 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9234 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
9235 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9239 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9241 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9243 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9244 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9249 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9253 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9254 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9255 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9256 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9257 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9259 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9260 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9262 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9264 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9265 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9267 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9269 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9270 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9271 const char *p
= &event_location_to_string (b
->location
)[3];
9275 p
= skip_spaces_const (p
);
9277 endp
= skip_to_space_const (p
);
9279 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9280 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9282 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9284 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9286 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9288 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9289 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9291 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9293 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9296 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9297 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9304 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9305 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9311 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9313 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9314 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9316 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9319 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9320 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9321 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9323 if (b
->extra_string
)
9324 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9326 error (_("Format string required"));
9328 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9329 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9332 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9333 if (location
!= NULL
)
9334 b
->location
= location
;
9336 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
);
9341 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9342 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
9343 struct event_location
*location
,
9344 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9346 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9347 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9348 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9349 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9350 int display_canonical
)
9352 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9353 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9355 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9357 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9359 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9363 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9365 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9367 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9369 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9371 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9373 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9375 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9377 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9380 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9381 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9382 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9383 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9384 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9385 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9386 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9387 we take just a single condition string.
9389 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9390 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9391 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9392 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9393 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9396 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9397 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9398 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9399 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9400 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9401 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9402 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9405 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9407 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9408 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9410 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9412 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9413 'break', without arguments. */
9414 struct event_location
*location
9415 = (canonical
->location
!= NULL
9416 ? copy_event_location (canonical
->location
) : NULL
);
9417 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9418 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
9420 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9421 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9424 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9426 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9427 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9428 canonical
->special_display
);
9429 discard_cleanups (inner
);
9433 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9434 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9435 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
9436 linespec locations).
9438 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9439 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9442 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location
*location
,
9443 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9445 struct symtab_and_line cursal
;
9447 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9449 const char *address
= get_linespec_location (location
);
9451 if (address
== NULL
)
9453 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
9454 breakpoint address. */
9455 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9457 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9458 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9461 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9462 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
9464 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9465 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9466 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9467 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9468 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9469 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9471 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9473 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9474 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9475 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9476 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9477 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9479 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9481 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9482 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9483 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9485 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9489 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9493 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9494 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9495 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9496 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9498 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9499 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9500 cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9501 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9503 const char *address
= NULL
;
9505 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9506 address
= get_linespec_location (location
);
9510 && strchr ("+-", address
[0]) != NULL
9511 && address
[1] != '['))
9513 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9514 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9515 get_last_displayed_line (),
9516 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9521 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9522 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9526 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9527 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9530 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9534 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9535 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9538 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9539 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9540 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9541 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9542 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9546 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9547 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9550 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9552 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9554 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9556 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9558 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9560 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9561 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9562 associated with SAL. */
9565 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
, &msg
);
9566 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9569 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9570 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9572 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9576 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9577 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9578 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9579 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9580 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9581 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9584 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9585 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9588 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9595 const char *end_tok
;
9597 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9598 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9600 tok
= skip_spaces_const (tok
);
9602 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9604 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9608 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
9610 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9612 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9614 struct expression
*expr
;
9616 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9617 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9620 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9622 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9625 struct thread_info
*thr
;
9628 thr
= parse_thread_id (tok
, &tmptok
);
9630 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9631 *thread
= thr
->global_num
;
9634 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9639 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9641 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9642 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9643 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9648 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9652 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9656 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9658 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9659 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p
)
9661 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9662 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9663 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9664 const char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9669 p
= skip_spaces_const (p
);
9671 endp
= skip_to_space_const (p
);
9673 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9674 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9676 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9677 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9678 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9680 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9681 sals
.sals
= XNEWVEC (struct symtab_and_line
, sals
.nelts
);
9683 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9685 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9687 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9689 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9691 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9692 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9694 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9697 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9703 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9706 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9707 const struct event_location
*location
, char *cond_string
,
9708 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9710 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9712 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9713 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9714 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9717 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9718 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9719 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9722 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9724 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9726 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9727 if (extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
== '\0')
9728 extra_string
= NULL
;
9730 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9734 ops
->create_sals_from_location (location
, &canonical
, type_wanted
);
9736 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
9738 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9740 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
9742 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9745 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9746 throw_exception (e
);
9748 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9750 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9751 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9752 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9753 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9754 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9757 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9758 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9759 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9760 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9764 throw_exception (e
);
9768 if (!pending
&& VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
9771 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9772 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9774 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9775 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9776 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9777 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9778 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9780 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9781 are ok for the target. */
9785 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9787 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9788 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
9791 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9792 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9795 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9797 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9798 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
9801 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9802 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9809 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9811 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
9813 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9814 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9815 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9816 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9818 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
9819 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9821 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9823 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
9825 extra_string
= rest
;
9827 extra_string
= NULL
;
9831 if (type_wanted
!= bp_dprintf
9832 && extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
!= '\0')
9833 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string
);
9835 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9838 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9839 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9841 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9844 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9845 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9849 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9850 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
9851 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9852 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9853 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9857 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9859 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
9861 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9863 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9867 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9869 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9870 b
->location
= copy_event_location (location
);
9873 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9876 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9879 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9880 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9882 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9886 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9887 if (extra_string
!= NULL
)
9889 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9890 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9892 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9893 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9894 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9895 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9896 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9897 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9898 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9899 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9901 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9904 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
9906 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9907 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9908 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9911 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9913 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9914 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9915 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9917 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9918 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9923 /* Set a breakpoint.
9924 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9925 condition, and thread.
9926 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9927 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9931 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9933 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9934 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9935 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9937 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9938 struct event_location
*location
;
9939 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9941 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9942 cleanup
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
9944 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9945 if (location
!= NULL
9946 && event_location_type (location
) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
9947 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9949 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9951 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9953 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9954 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9955 0 /* Ignore count */,
9956 pending_break_support
,
9962 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9965 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9968 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9972 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9974 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9975 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9976 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9979 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9980 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9981 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9982 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9985 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9987 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
9988 const struct block
*b
;
9991 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
9992 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal
->symtab
));
9995 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9998 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
9999 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
),
10004 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
10005 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
10006 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
10007 happen in assembly source). */
10009 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym
;
10010 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
10012 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
10014 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
10016 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
10018 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10025 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10027 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10031 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10033 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
10037 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10039 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
10043 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10045 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
10049 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10051 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
10052 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
10053 stop at <line>\n"));
10057 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10061 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
10063 else if (*arg
!= '*')
10065 char *argptr
= arg
;
10068 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
10069 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
10070 function/method name. */
10071 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10073 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10078 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10080 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
10084 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10086 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10090 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10094 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
10098 char *argptr
= arg
;
10101 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10102 it is probably a line number. */
10103 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10105 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10110 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
10112 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
10116 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10118 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10121 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10122 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10123 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10127 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10129 struct event_location
*location
;
10130 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
10132 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
10133 cleanup
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
10135 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
10136 the next character must be ','. */
10139 if (arg
[0] != ',' || arg
[1] == '\0')
10140 error (_("Format string required"));
10143 /* Skip the comma. */
10148 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10150 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
10152 0 /* Ignore count */,
10153 pending_break_support
,
10154 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
10159 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10163 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10165 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10168 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10169 ranged breakpoints. */
10172 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10173 struct address_space
*aspace
,
10175 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10177 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10178 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10181 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
10182 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
10185 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10186 ranged breakpoints. */
10189 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10191 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10194 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10195 ranged breakpoints. */
10197 static enum print_stop_action
10198 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
10200 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10201 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10202 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10204 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10206 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10207 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10209 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
10210 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
10211 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10213 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10214 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10216 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
10217 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
10218 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10220 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
10221 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
10223 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10226 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10227 ranged breakpoints. */
10230 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10231 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10233 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10234 struct value_print_options opts
;
10235 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10237 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10238 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10240 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10242 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10243 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10244 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10245 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
10246 annotate_field (5);
10247 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10251 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10252 ranged breakpoints. */
10255 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10256 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10258 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10259 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10260 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10261 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10265 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10266 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10268 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
10269 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
, "[%s, %s]",
10270 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10271 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10272 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
10273 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10275 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10278 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10279 ranged breakpoints. */
10282 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10284 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10285 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10288 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10290 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10293 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10294 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10295 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10298 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10299 ranged breakpoints. */
10302 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10304 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s",
10305 event_location_to_string (b
->location
),
10306 event_location_to_string (b
->location_range_end
));
10307 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10310 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10312 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10314 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10315 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10316 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10317 last instruction of the given line. */
10320 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10324 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10325 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10326 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10333 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10335 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10337 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10344 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10347 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10349 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
10350 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10351 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10353 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10354 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10355 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10356 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10357 struct event_location
*start_location
, *end_location
;
10359 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10360 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10361 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10363 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10364 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10365 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10367 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10368 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10370 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10371 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10372 error(_("No address range specified."));
10374 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10377 start_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
10378 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (start_location
);
10379 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location
, &canonical_start
);
10380 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10383 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10384 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10385 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10387 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10389 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10390 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10391 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10393 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10394 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10395 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10397 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10398 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10400 /* Parse the end location. */
10402 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10405 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10406 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10407 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10408 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10409 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10410 end_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
10411 make_cleanup_delete_event_location (end_location
);
10412 decode_line_full (end_location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10413 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10414 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10416 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10418 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10419 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10421 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10422 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10423 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10424 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10426 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10428 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10429 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10430 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10432 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10434 /* Length overflowed. */
10435 error (_("Address range too large."));
10436 else if (length
== 1)
10438 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10439 the `hbreak' command. */
10440 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10442 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10447 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10448 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10449 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10450 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10451 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10452 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10453 b
->location
= copy_event_location (start_location
);
10454 b
->location_range_end
= copy_event_location (end_location
);
10455 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10457 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10460 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10461 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
10464 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10465 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10466 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10470 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10472 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10478 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10479 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10482 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10492 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10493 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10494 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10495 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10496 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10498 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10525 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10528 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10529 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10534 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10535 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10536 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10537 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10538 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10539 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10540 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10542 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10543 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10548 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10550 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10551 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10552 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10553 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10555 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10556 are always constant. */
10558 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10560 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10561 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10562 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10567 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10568 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10569 then it is not a constant. */
10578 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10581 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10583 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10585 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
10587 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10588 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10589 value_free (w
->val
);
10591 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10594 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10597 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10599 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10601 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10602 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10604 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10605 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10606 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10607 are loaded and unloaded.
10609 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10610 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10611 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10612 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10613 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10614 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10616 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10617 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10618 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10619 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10621 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10622 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10624 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10625 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10626 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10629 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10632 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10634 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10635 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10637 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10641 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10644 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10646 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10647 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10649 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10654 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10655 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10656 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10658 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10659 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10661 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10662 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10663 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10664 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10665 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10666 (did not match the data address). */
10667 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10668 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10675 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10677 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10679 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10682 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10683 hardware watchpoints. */
10686 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10688 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10689 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10691 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10694 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10695 hardware watchpoints. */
10698 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10700 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10701 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10704 static enum print_stop_action
10705 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10707 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10708 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10709 struct ui_file
*stb
;
10710 enum print_stop_action result
;
10711 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10712 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10714 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10716 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10717 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10719 stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10720 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10724 case bp_watchpoint
:
10725 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10726 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10727 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10728 ui_out_field_string
10730 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10732 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10733 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10734 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10735 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10736 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10737 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10738 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10739 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10740 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10741 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10744 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10745 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10746 ui_out_field_string
10748 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10750 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10751 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10752 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10753 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
10754 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10755 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10758 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10759 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10761 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10762 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10763 ui_out_field_string
10765 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10767 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10768 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10769 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10770 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10771 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10776 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10777 ui_out_field_string
10779 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10780 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10781 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10783 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10784 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10785 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10786 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10789 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10792 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10796 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10800 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10802 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10803 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10804 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10808 case bp_watchpoint
:
10809 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
10810 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10812 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10813 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10814 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10816 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10817 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10818 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10820 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10821 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10822 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10825 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10826 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10829 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10830 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10831 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10832 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10835 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10839 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10841 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10845 case bp_watchpoint
:
10846 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10847 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10849 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10850 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10852 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10853 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10856 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10857 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10860 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10861 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10864 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10868 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10870 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10871 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10872 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10878 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10880 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10882 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10883 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10886 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10888 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10890 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10891 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10894 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10895 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10898 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10900 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10902 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10903 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10906 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10907 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10910 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10912 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10914 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10917 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10918 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10921 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10926 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10927 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10929 static enum print_stop_action
10930 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10932 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10933 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10935 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10936 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10940 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10941 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10942 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10943 ui_out_field_string
10945 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10948 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10949 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10950 ui_out_field_string
10952 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10955 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10956 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10957 ui_out_field_string
10959 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10962 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10963 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10967 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
10968 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10969 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10970 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10972 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10973 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10976 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10977 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10980 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10981 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10983 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10985 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10986 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10988 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
10989 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10990 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10993 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10994 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10997 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10999 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11000 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11001 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
11005 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11006 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
11007 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
11009 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11010 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
11011 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
11013 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11014 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11015 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
11018 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11019 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11022 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
11023 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
11024 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
11025 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
11028 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11029 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11032 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
11034 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11039 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11040 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
11042 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11043 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
11045 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11046 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
11049 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11050 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11053 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11054 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
11055 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
11058 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
11060 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11062 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
11065 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
11067 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11070 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
11071 hw_read: watch read,
11072 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
11074 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
11075 int just_location
, int internal
)
11077 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11078 struct expression
*exp
;
11079 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11080 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
11081 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
11082 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11083 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
11084 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
11085 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
11087 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
11088 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
11089 enum bptype bp_type
;
11092 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11093 the hardware watchpoint. */
11095 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
11096 struct watchpoint
*w
;
11098 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
11100 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11101 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
11103 const char *value_start
;
11105 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
11107 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11108 of the arguments string. */
11109 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
11111 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11112 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11115 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11116 This is the value of the parameter. */
11117 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11119 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
11121 /* Skip whitespace. */
11122 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11127 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11128 This is the parameter itself. */
11129 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11132 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
11134 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
11136 struct thread_info
*thr
;
11137 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11138 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11139 only in a specific thread. */
11143 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11145 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11146 thr
= parse_thread_id (value_start
, &endp
);
11148 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
11149 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
11150 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start
);
11152 thread
= thr
->global_num
;
11154 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
11156 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11157 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11159 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
11162 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11164 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
11166 mark
= value_mark ();
11167 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
11168 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
11169 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11172 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11175 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11176 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11183 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11184 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11186 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11187 expression
= savestring (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
11188 back_to
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expression
);
11189 exp_start
= arg
= expression
;
11190 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
11192 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11193 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11195 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
11198 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11199 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
11203 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
11204 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
11206 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
11209 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11210 mark
= value_mark ();
11211 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
, just_location
);
11213 if (val
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
11215 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val
);
11216 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val
);
11223 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11224 val
= value_addr (result
);
11225 release_value (val
);
11226 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11230 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
11233 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11234 else if (ret
== -2)
11235 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11238 else if (val
!= NULL
)
11239 release_value (val
);
11241 tok
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11242 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
11244 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
11245 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
11247 struct expression
*cond
;
11249 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11250 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
11251 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11253 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11254 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11255 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11261 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11263 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11265 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11266 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11267 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11268 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11269 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
11271 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
11274 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11275 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
11276 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11277 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11279 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11281 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11282 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11284 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11285 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11287 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11288 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
11289 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11290 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
11291 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11292 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11293 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11294 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11295 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11299 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11300 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11301 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11302 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11304 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11305 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11306 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11307 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11309 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11311 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
11314 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11315 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11317 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11318 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11319 b
->thread
= thread
;
11320 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11321 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11323 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11324 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11327 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11328 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11331 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
11332 name
= type_to_string (t
);
11334 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
11335 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
11338 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11339 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11341 /* The above expression is in C. */
11342 b
->language
= language_c
;
11345 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11349 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11354 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
11355 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
11360 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11362 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11366 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
11367 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11371 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11372 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11375 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11377 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11378 need to act on them together. */
11379 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11380 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11383 if (!just_location
)
11384 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11388 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11389 that should be inserted. */
11390 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11392 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11394 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11395 throw_exception (e
);
11399 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11400 do_cleanups (back_to
);
11403 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11404 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11407 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11409 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11410 struct value
*head
= v
;
11412 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11413 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11416 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11417 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11418 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11419 hardware watchpoint.
11421 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11422 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11423 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11424 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11425 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11426 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11427 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11428 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11429 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11431 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11432 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11433 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11434 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11435 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11437 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11439 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11440 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11441 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11442 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11443 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11444 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11448 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11449 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11450 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11452 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11453 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11454 middle of some value chain. */
11456 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11457 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11459 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11463 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11464 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11465 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11467 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11471 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11475 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11476 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11477 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11478 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11479 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11482 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11483 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11484 return found_memory_cnt
;
11488 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11490 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11493 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11494 calls watch_command_1. */
11497 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11499 int just_location
= 0;
11502 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11503 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11505 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11509 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11513 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11515 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11519 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11521 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11525 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11527 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11531 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11533 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11537 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11539 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11543 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
11544 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
11547 struct until_break_fsm
11549 /* The base class. */
11550 struct thread_fsm thread_fsm
;
11552 /* The thread that as current when the command was executed. */
11555 /* The breakpoint set at the destination location. */
11556 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
;
11558 /* Breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame. May be
11560 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
;
11563 static void until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
);
11564 static int until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
);
11565 static enum async_reply_reason
11566 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
);
11568 /* until_break_fsm's vtable. */
11570 static struct thread_fsm_ops until_break_fsm_ops
=
11573 until_break_fsm_clean_up
,
11574 until_break_fsm_should_stop
,
11575 NULL
, /* return_value */
11576 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason
,
11579 /* Allocate a new until_break_command_fsm. */
11581 static struct until_break_fsm
*
11582 new_until_break_fsm (int thread
,
11583 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
,
11584 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
)
11586 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11588 sm
= XCNEW (struct until_break_fsm
);
11589 thread_fsm_ctor (&sm
->thread_fsm
, &until_break_fsm_ops
);
11591 sm
->thread
= thread
;
11592 sm
->location_breakpoint
= location_breakpoint
;
11593 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= caller_breakpoint
;
11598 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
11599 until(location)/advance commands. */
11602 until_break_fsm_should_stop (struct thread_fsm
*self
)
11604 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11605 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
11607 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11608 sm
->location_breakpoint
) != NULL
11609 || (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
11610 && bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
11611 sm
->caller_breakpoint
) != NULL
))
11612 thread_fsm_set_finished (self
);
11617 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
11618 until(location)/advance commands. */
11621 until_break_fsm_clean_up (struct thread_fsm
*self
)
11623 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
= (struct until_break_fsm
*) self
;
11625 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
11626 if (sm
->location_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11628 delete_breakpoint (sm
->location_breakpoint
);
11629 sm
->location_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11631 if (sm
->caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11633 delete_breakpoint (sm
->caller_breakpoint
);
11634 sm
->caller_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11636 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (sm
->thread
);
11639 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
11640 until(location)/advance commands. */
11642 static enum async_reply_reason
11643 until_break_fsm_async_reply_reason (struct thread_fsm
*self
)
11645 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
;
11649 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11651 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11652 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11653 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11654 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11655 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11656 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11657 struct breakpoint
*location_breakpoint
;
11658 struct breakpoint
*caller_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11659 struct cleanup
*old_chain
, *cleanup
;
11661 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11662 struct event_location
*location
;
11663 struct until_break_fsm
*sm
;
11665 clear_proceed_status (0);
11667 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11670 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
11671 cleanup
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
11673 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11674 sals
= decode_line_1 (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11675 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11676 get_last_displayed_line ());
11678 sals
= decode_line_1 (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11679 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11681 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11682 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11684 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11685 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11688 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11690 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11692 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11693 thread
= tp
->global_num
;
11695 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11697 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11698 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11699 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11702 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11703 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11704 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11705 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11707 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11710 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11712 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11713 struct gdbarch
*caller_gdbarch
;
11715 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11716 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11717 caller_gdbarch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11718 caller_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch
,
11722 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (caller_breakpoint
);
11724 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11725 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11728 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11732 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11733 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11734 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11735 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11737 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11738 only at the very same frame. */
11739 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11740 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11741 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (location_breakpoint
);
11743 sm
= new_until_break_fsm (tp
->global_num
,
11744 location_breakpoint
, caller_breakpoint
);
11745 tp
->thread_fsm
= &sm
->thread_fsm
;
11747 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11749 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
11751 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
11754 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11755 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11757 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11758 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11759 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11760 if clause in the arg string. */
11763 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
11767 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11770 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11773 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11774 condition string. */
11775 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11776 cond_string
= *arg
;
11778 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11780 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11782 return cond_string
;
11785 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11786 process start/exit, etc. */
11790 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11791 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11796 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11797 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11799 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11800 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11801 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11804 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11805 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11806 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11810 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11812 /* The allowed syntax is:
11814 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11816 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11817 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11819 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11820 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11822 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11823 and enable reporting of such events. */
11826 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11827 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11828 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11829 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11831 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11832 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11833 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11834 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11837 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11843 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11844 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11846 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
11847 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11849 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11851 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11855 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11857 /* The allowed syntax is:
11859 catch exec if <cond>
11861 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11862 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11864 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11865 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11867 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
11868 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11869 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11870 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11872 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
11876 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11877 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11878 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11880 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11887 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11889 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11891 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11892 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11893 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11894 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11895 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11896 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11897 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11898 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11899 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11900 enough for now, though. */
11903 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11905 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11906 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11907 b
->location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_string
,
11908 language_def (language_ada
));
11909 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11913 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11915 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11920 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11922 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11925 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11928 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11930 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= (const breakpoint_p
*) a
;
11931 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11932 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= (const breakpoint_p
*) b
;
11933 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11935 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11937 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11940 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11944 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11947 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11950 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11952 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11953 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
11956 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11957 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11959 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11963 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11964 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11965 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11966 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11971 sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
11972 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11973 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11975 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11976 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11977 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11978 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
11979 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
11980 error (_("No source file specified."));
11982 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
11988 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11989 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11990 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11991 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11993 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11994 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11995 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11996 due to optimization, all in one block.
11998 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11999 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
12000 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
12001 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
12002 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
12003 to support that. */
12005 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
12006 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
12007 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
12011 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
12012 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
12014 const char *sal_fullname
;
12016 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
12017 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
12018 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
12021 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
12026 1 0 <can't happen> */
12028 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
12029 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
12030 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
12032 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
12033 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12036 /* Are we going to delete b? */
12037 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
12039 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12040 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12042 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
12043 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
12044 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
12046 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
12047 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
12048 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
12049 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
12050 int line_match
= 0;
12052 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
12053 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
12054 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
12055 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
12056 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
12057 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
12058 sal_fullname
) == 0)
12061 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
12070 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
12074 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12075 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
12078 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
12080 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12083 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12084 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12085 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12086 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
12087 compare_breakpoints
);
12088 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
12089 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
12093 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
12098 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
12099 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12102 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
12103 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12105 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12108 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
12111 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
12112 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12115 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12117 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12120 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12121 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12122 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12125 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
12127 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12129 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12130 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
12131 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
12133 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
12135 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12137 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
12138 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12142 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12143 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12144 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12145 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
12146 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12147 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12150 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
12152 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
12153 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
12155 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
12156 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
12158 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12159 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12162 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
12163 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
12164 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
12166 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12167 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
12168 return (a
->permanent
< b
->permanent
) - (a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
);
12170 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12171 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12172 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12174 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
12175 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
12176 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
12178 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
12181 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12182 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12183 content of the bp_location array. */
12186 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12188 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
12190 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
12191 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
12193 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12195 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
12197 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
12200 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
12201 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
12203 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12204 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12205 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12206 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12208 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12210 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12211 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12212 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12213 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12217 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12220 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12222 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12223 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12224 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
;
12226 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12228 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12230 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12231 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12232 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12234 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12235 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12236 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12239 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
)
12241 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12242 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_TRUE
;
12244 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_FALSE
;
12247 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_FALSE
)
12250 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12252 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12253 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12254 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12255 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12258 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12260 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12263 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12265 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12266 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12267 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12268 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12271 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12274 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12277 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12279 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12280 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12281 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12282 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12284 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12285 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12286 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12287 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12288 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12290 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12291 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12292 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12293 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12294 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12295 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12296 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12297 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12300 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12301 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12302 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12306 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12308 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12309 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12310 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12313 address
= bl
->address
;
12314 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12316 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12317 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12318 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12320 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12321 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12324 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12325 the same program space as the location
12326 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12327 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12328 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12332 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12333 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12336 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12337 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12338 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12339 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12340 that have already been marked. */
12341 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12343 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12345 if (loc
->cond_bytecode
)
12347 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
12348 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
12352 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
12353 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
12354 locations are duplicate of which.
12356 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
12357 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
12361 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12363 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12364 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12365 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12366 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12367 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12368 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12369 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12371 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12372 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12373 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12374 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12375 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12377 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12378 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12379 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12380 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12382 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12383 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12384 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
12385 unsigned old_location_count
;
12387 old_location
= bp_location
;
12388 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
12389 bp_location
= NULL
;
12390 bp_location_count
= 0;
12391 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
12393 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12394 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12395 bp_location_count
++;
12397 bp_location
= XNEWVEC (struct bp_location
*, bp_location_count
);
12398 locp
= bp_location
;
12399 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12400 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12402 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
12403 bp_location_compare
);
12405 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12407 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12408 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12409 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12410 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12411 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12414 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12415 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12417 locp
= bp_location
;
12418 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
12421 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12422 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12424 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12425 not, we have to free it. */
12426 int found_object
= 0;
12427 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12428 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12431 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12432 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12433 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12434 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12438 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12439 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12442 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12443 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12444 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12446 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12447 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12448 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12450 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12451 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12454 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12458 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12459 have to go through updates again. */
12460 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12462 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12464 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12466 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12467 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12468 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12469 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12470 at certain location is not inserted. */
12472 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12474 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12477 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12479 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12480 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12481 keep_in_target
= 1;
12485 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12486 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12487 remove its target-side condition. */
12489 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12490 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12491 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12492 this one from the target. */
12494 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12495 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12498 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12499 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12502 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12504 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12506 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12507 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12508 supported, but the latter are. */
12509 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12511 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12512 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12515 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12516 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12518 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12519 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12521 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12522 keep_in_target
= 1;
12530 if (!keep_in_target
)
12532 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
12534 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12535 this location on the global list, and try to
12536 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12537 reason why we will succeed next time.
12539 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12540 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12541 only after calling us. */
12542 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12543 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12544 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12552 if (removed
&& target_is_non_stop_p ()
12553 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
12555 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12556 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12557 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12558 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12559 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12560 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12561 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12562 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12563 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12564 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12565 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12566 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12567 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12568 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12571 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12572 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12574 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12575 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12576 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12577 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12578 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12579 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12580 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12581 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12582 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12583 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12584 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12585 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12586 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12589 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12590 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12591 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12592 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12594 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12595 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12596 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12597 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12598 traps we can no longer explain. */
12600 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12601 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12603 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12607 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12608 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12613 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12614 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12615 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12616 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12617 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12618 are sorted first for the same address.
12620 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12621 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12623 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12624 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12625 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12626 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12627 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12629 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12631 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12634 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12635 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12636 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12637 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12638 `struct bp_location'. */
12639 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12641 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12642 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12646 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12647 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12648 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12649 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12650 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12651 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12653 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12655 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12656 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12657 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12659 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12660 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12662 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12664 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12665 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12666 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12672 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12673 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12674 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12676 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12677 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12679 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12680 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12683 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12685 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12686 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12689 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12690 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12691 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12692 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12693 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12695 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12699 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12700 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12702 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12706 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12708 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12711 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12712 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12714 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12715 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12721 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12726 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
12728 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12734 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12737 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12741 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12742 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12744 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12745 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12746 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12750 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12752 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12754 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= (struct breakpoint
*) data
;
12756 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12760 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12764 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12766 struct value_print_options opts
;
12768 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12770 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12772 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12774 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12775 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12776 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12777 if (b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
12779 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12780 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
12782 else if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
12784 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12785 event_location_to_string (b
->location
),
12790 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12791 event_location_to_string (b
->location
),
12797 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12799 printf_filtered (" at ");
12800 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12803 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12805 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12807 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12808 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12809 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12810 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12812 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12813 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12814 real situation somewhat. */
12815 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12816 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
12821 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12823 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12825 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12830 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12833 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12835 xfree (self
->cond
);
12836 if (self
->cond_bytecode
)
12837 free_agent_expr (self
->cond_bytecode
);
12838 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12840 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.conditions
);
12841 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.tcommands
);
12844 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12849 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12853 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12855 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
12856 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
12857 xfree (self
->extra_string
);
12858 xfree (self
->filter
);
12859 delete_event_location (self
->location
);
12860 delete_event_location (self
->location_range_end
);
12863 static struct bp_location
*
12864 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12866 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12868 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
12869 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
12874 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12876 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12879 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12880 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12883 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12885 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12889 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12891 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12895 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12896 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12898 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12900 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12904 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12909 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12913 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12915 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12918 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12922 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12924 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12927 static enum print_stop_action
12928 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12930 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12934 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12935 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12941 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12943 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12947 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12949 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12953 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12954 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12955 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12956 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12958 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12962 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12963 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12965 char *extra_string
,
12966 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12967 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12969 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12970 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12971 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12972 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12974 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12978 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12979 const struct event_location
*location
,
12980 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12982 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12985 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12988 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
12993 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12996 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12998 /* Nothing to do. */
13001 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
13003 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
13004 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
13005 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
13006 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
13007 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
13008 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
13009 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
13010 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
13011 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
13012 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
13014 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
13015 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
13016 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
13017 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
,
13018 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
13019 base_breakpoint_decode_location
,
13020 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
13021 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
13024 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
13027 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13029 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
13030 if (event_location_empty_p (b
->location
))
13032 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
13033 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13037 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13041 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13043 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
13044 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13046 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13050 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13052 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
13053 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13055 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13059 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13060 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13061 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13063 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
13064 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
13067 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
13071 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
13072 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
13073 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
13080 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13081 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13082 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13084 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
13085 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
13087 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
13088 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
13089 be set at the same address. */
13093 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
13097 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
13099 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
13104 static enum print_stop_action
13105 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13107 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13108 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
13110 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13112 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
13114 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
13115 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13117 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
13118 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
13119 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
13122 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
13124 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13126 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
13127 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13129 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
13130 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
13131 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
13133 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
13134 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
13136 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
13140 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13142 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13147 case bp_breakpoint
:
13148 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
13149 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13150 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13152 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13153 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13154 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
13155 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13157 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
13158 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
13161 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
13169 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13171 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13172 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
13173 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
13174 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
13175 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
13176 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13177 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
13178 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
13179 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
13181 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13182 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
13184 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
13185 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
));
13187 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
13188 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
13189 if (tp
->loc
== NULL
&& tp
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13190 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->extra_string
);
13192 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13196 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13197 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13198 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13200 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13204 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13205 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13207 char *extra_string
,
13208 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13209 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13211 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13212 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13213 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13214 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13216 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13217 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13219 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13220 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13221 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13225 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13226 const struct event_location
*location
,
13227 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13229 decode_location_default (b
, location
, sals
);
13232 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13235 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13239 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13240 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13241 case bp_overlay_event
:
13242 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13243 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13244 case bp_exception_master
:
13245 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13248 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13249 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13250 case bp_shlib_event
:
13252 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13253 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13254 case bp_thread_event
:
13260 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13262 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13264 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13265 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13266 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13267 objects (among other things). */
13268 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13269 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13275 static enum print_stop_action
13276 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13278 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13280 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13284 case bp_shlib_event
:
13285 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13286 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13287 to shlib event" message.) */
13288 print_solib_event (0);
13291 case bp_thread_event
:
13292 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13293 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13294 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13297 case bp_overlay_event
:
13298 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13299 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13302 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13303 /* These should never be enabled. */
13304 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13307 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13308 /* These should never be enabled. */
13309 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13310 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13313 case bp_exception_master
:
13314 /* These should never be enabled. */
13315 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13316 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13320 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13324 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13326 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13329 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13332 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13334 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13335 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13336 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13337 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13341 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13343 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13346 static enum print_stop_action
13347 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13349 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13353 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13355 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13358 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13360 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13361 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13364 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13366 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_global_id (self
->thread
);
13369 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13371 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13374 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13377 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13379 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13383 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13385 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13386 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13395 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13397 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13398 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13399 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13403 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
);
13407 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13408 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13409 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13411 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13413 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (location
, canonical
);
13414 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
));
13415 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13419 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13420 const struct event_location
*location
,
13421 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13423 *sals
= parse_probes (location
, NULL
);
13425 error (_("probe not found"));
13428 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13431 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13433 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13437 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13438 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13439 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13441 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13447 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13448 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13450 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13451 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13453 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13455 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
13456 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13457 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13458 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13463 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13465 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13470 case bp_tracepoint
:
13471 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13472 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13474 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13475 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13476 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13478 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13479 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13480 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13483 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13484 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13491 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13493 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13495 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13496 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13497 else if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13498 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13499 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13500 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13502 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13503 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13505 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
13506 event_location_to_string (self
->location
));
13507 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13509 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13510 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13514 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13515 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13516 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13518 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13522 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13523 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13525 char *extra_string
,
13526 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13527 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13529 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13530 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13531 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13532 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13534 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13535 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13537 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13538 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13539 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13543 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13544 const struct event_location
*location
,
13545 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13547 decode_location_default (b
, location
, sals
);
13550 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13552 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13556 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
13557 (const struct event_location
*location
,
13558 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13559 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13561 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13562 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13566 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13567 const struct event_location
*location
,
13568 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13570 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13571 bkpt_probe_decode_location (b
, location
, sals
);
13574 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13576 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13579 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13581 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13583 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
13584 gdb_assert (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
);
13586 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13587 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13588 3 - disconnect from target 1
13589 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13591 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13592 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13593 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13594 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13595 it all the time. */
13596 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13597 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13600 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13603 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13605 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s,%s",
13606 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
),
13608 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13611 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13614 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13615 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13616 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13617 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13618 address are all handled. */
13621 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13623 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13624 struct bpstats tmp_bs
= { NULL
};
13625 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13627 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13628 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13629 condition not be evaluated. */
13632 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13633 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13634 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13635 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13636 commands here throws. */
13637 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13638 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13639 old_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs
.commands
);
13641 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13643 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13644 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13646 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
13649 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13653 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13654 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13655 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13657 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13658 const char *arg_start
, *arg
;
13660 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
13662 arg
= arg_start
= get_linespec_location (location
);
13663 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
13665 str
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
13666 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
13667 canonical
->location
= new_linespec_location (&str
);
13668 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
13670 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
));
13671 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13675 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13676 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13678 char *extra_string
,
13679 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13680 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13682 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13683 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13684 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13685 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13688 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
,
13689 canonical
->sals
, 0);
13691 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13692 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13693 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13694 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13695 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13696 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13698 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13700 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13701 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13702 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13703 struct event_location
*location
;
13705 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13706 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13708 location
= copy_event_location (canonical
->location
);
13709 old_chain
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
13711 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
13712 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13714 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13715 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13716 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13717 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13718 canonical
->special_display
);
13719 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13720 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13721 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13722 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13723 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13724 corresponds to this one */
13725 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13727 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13729 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
13734 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13735 const struct event_location
*location
,
13736 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13738 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13739 const char *s
= get_linespec_location (location
);
13741 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
13742 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13744 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13748 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13751 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13754 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13756 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13759 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13763 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13765 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13767 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13769 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13770 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13773 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13774 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13775 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13776 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13777 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13780 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13781 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13782 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13783 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13785 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13788 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13789 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13790 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13792 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13793 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13795 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13796 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13797 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13798 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13802 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13804 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13805 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13806 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13807 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13808 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13811 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13812 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13813 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13814 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13816 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13818 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13819 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13821 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13822 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13824 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13828 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13830 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13831 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13832 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13833 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13834 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13835 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13836 commands won't work. */
13838 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13840 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13841 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13842 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13843 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13844 might be better design to have location completely
13845 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13846 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13848 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
13849 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13850 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13851 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13856 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13858 delete_breakpoint ((struct breakpoint
*) b
);
13862 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13864 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13867 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13868 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13871 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13872 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13876 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13881 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13883 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13884 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13886 if (next
== related
)
13888 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13889 function (related
, data
);
13891 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13892 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13897 function (related
, data
);
13901 while (related
!= b
);
13905 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13907 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13910 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13911 delete_breakpoint. */
13914 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13916 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13920 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13922 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13928 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13930 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13931 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13932 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13933 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13934 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13936 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13940 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13942 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13944 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13945 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13946 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13950 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13954 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13956 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13957 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
13958 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13963 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13964 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13965 Null names are ignored. */
13968 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13970 struct bp_location
*l
;
13971 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
13972 (int (*) (const void *,
13973 const void *)) streq
,
13974 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
13976 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13979 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13981 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13985 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13987 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13991 htab_delete (htab
);
13997 htab_delete (htab
);
14001 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
14002 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
14003 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
14004 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
14005 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
14006 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
14007 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
14008 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
14011 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
14012 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
14013 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
14014 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
14015 in the sources, and output a warning.
14017 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
14018 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
14019 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
14020 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
14021 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
14024 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
14025 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
14026 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
14027 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
14028 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
14029 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
14030 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
14031 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
14032 precisely because it confuses tools). */
14034 static struct symtab_and_line
14035 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
14037 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14038 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
14043 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
14045 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
14047 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
14048 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
14050 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
14052 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14053 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
14054 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
14059 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
14061 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
14063 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
14064 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
14066 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
14069 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14071 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
14073 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
14074 struct symbol
*sym
;
14075 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
14076 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14077 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
14079 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
14081 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14082 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
14084 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
14085 "found at previous line number"),
14086 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14090 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
14092 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
14093 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
14094 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
14097 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
14098 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
14099 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
14101 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
14102 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
14103 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
14105 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
14107 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
14109 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
14112 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
14113 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
14115 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
14116 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
14118 delete_event_location (b
->location
);
14119 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
14120 explicit_loc
.source_filename
14121 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
14122 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.offset
= b
->loc
->line_number
;
14123 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.sign
= LINE_OFFSET_NONE
;
14124 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
14126 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14129 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
14135 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14136 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14139 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
14143 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
14146 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
14149 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
14156 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
14162 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14163 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14164 a ranged breakpoint. */
14167 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14168 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
14169 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
14172 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
14174 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
14176 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14178 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14179 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14180 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14181 "multiple locations found\n"),
14186 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14187 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14188 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14189 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14190 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14191 individual locations. */
14192 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
14197 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14199 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
14201 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
14203 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
14205 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14207 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
14211 s
= b
->cond_string
;
14214 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
14215 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
14218 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14220 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14221 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14222 b
->number
, e
.message
);
14223 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
14228 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
14230 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
14232 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
14236 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14239 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
14240 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14241 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14242 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14243 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14244 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14245 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14247 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14249 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14251 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14252 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14254 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14255 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14263 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14264 if (l
->function_name
14265 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14275 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14276 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14278 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14281 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
14282 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14284 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14285 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
14288 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14289 struct gdb_exception exception
= exception_none
;
14291 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14295 b
->ops
->decode_location (b
, location
, &sals
);
14297 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14299 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14303 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14304 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14305 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14306 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14307 state, then user already saw the message about that
14308 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14310 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14311 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14312 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14313 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14314 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14315 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14317 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14319 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14320 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14321 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14322 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14323 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14324 which approach is better. */
14325 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14326 throw_exception (e
);
14331 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14335 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14336 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14337 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
14339 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14342 find_condition_and_thread (b
->extra_string
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14343 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14345 gdb_assert (b
->cond_string
== NULL
);
14347 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14348 b
->thread
= thread
;
14352 xfree (b
->extra_string
);
14353 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14355 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14358 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14359 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14369 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14370 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14374 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14377 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14378 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14379 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14381 sals
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location
, &found
);
14384 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14388 if (b
->location_range_end
!= NULL
)
14390 sals_end
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location_range_end
, &found
);
14393 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14394 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14398 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14401 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14402 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14405 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
14406 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14407 enum bptype type_wanted
)
14409 parse_breakpoint_sals (location
, canonical
);
14412 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14413 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14417 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14418 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14420 char *extra_string
,
14421 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14422 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14424 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14425 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14426 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14427 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14429 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14431 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14432 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14433 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14436 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14437 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14440 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14441 const struct event_location
*location
,
14442 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14444 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14446 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14447 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
14448 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14449 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14452 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14453 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14455 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14457 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14459 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14460 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14461 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14463 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14466 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14469 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14471 static struct cleanup
*
14472 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14474 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14476 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14477 cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14478 if (b
->pspace
!= NULL
)
14479 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
14480 set_language (b
->language
);
14485 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14486 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14487 Unused in this case. */
14490 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14492 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14493 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14494 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14496 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14497 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14498 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14502 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14504 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14506 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14507 enum language save_language
;
14508 int save_input_radix
;
14509 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14511 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14512 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14513 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
14515 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14517 /* Format possible error msg. */
14518 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14520 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14521 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14522 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14524 set_language (save_language
);
14525 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14527 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14529 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14531 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14532 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14533 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14534 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14537 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14539 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14540 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14542 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14544 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14546 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14547 b
->thread
= ptid_to_global_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14549 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14550 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14551 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14553 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14557 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14558 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14559 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14562 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14564 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14569 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14570 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14572 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14574 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14575 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14580 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14584 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14585 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14587 else if (count
== 1)
14588 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14591 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14592 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14595 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14599 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14602 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14605 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14611 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14613 num
= get_number (&p
);
14615 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14617 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14619 set_ignore_count (num
,
14620 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14623 printf_filtered ("\n");
14626 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14627 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14630 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14635 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14637 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
14639 if (args
== 0 || *args
== '\0')
14640 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14642 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
14644 while (!state
.finished
)
14646 const char *p
= state
.string
;
14650 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
14653 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14657 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14658 if (b
->number
== num
)
14661 function (b
, data
);
14665 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14670 static struct bp_location
*
14671 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14673 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14677 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14678 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14683 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14685 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14687 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14688 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14693 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14694 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14697 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14699 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14703 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14706 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14712 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14713 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14714 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14717 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14719 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14720 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14721 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14722 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14725 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14727 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14728 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14730 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14731 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14733 struct bp_location
*location
;
14735 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14736 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14739 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14741 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14744 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14747 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14749 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14752 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14753 disable_breakpoint. */
14756 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14758 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14762 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14766 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14768 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14769 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14770 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14774 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14778 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14780 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14787 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14789 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14790 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14791 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14792 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14794 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14797 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14798 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14804 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14807 int target_resources_ok
;
14809 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14812 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14813 target_resources_ok
=
14814 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14816 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14817 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14818 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14819 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14822 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14824 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14825 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14829 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14831 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14832 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14833 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14835 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14837 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14838 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14845 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14847 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14848 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14850 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14851 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14853 struct bp_location
*location
;
14855 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14856 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14859 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14860 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14861 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14863 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14868 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14870 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14874 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14876 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14879 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14880 enable_breakpoint. */
14883 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14885 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14888 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14889 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14890 in stopping the inferior. */
14893 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14897 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14899 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14900 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14901 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14905 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14909 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14911 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14918 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14920 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14921 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14922 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14923 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
14925 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14928 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14929 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14934 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14944 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14946 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
14948 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
14952 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14954 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
14956 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14960 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14962 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14966 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
14968 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
14970 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14974 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14979 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
14981 count
= get_number (&args
);
14983 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
14987 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14989 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
14991 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14995 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14997 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15001 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15006 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15010 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
15011 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
15015 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
15016 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
15017 const bfd_byte
*data
)
15019 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
15021 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
15022 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
15023 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
15025 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
15027 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
15029 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15031 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
15032 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
15033 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
15034 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
15036 value_free (wp
->val
);
15044 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
15047 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
15048 struct address_space
*aspace
,
15051 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
15052 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
15053 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
15055 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
15057 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
15058 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->global_num
, gdbarch
);
15061 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
15063 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
15064 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
15065 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
15067 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
15070 /* See breakpoint.h. */
15073 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
15074 struct address_space
*aspace
,
15077 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15079 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
15081 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
15087 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15091 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
15094 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
15096 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
15098 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
15099 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
15105 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15107 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15109 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
15111 tracepoint_count
= num
;
15112 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
15116 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15118 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15119 struct event_location
*location
;
15120 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
15122 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
15123 back_to
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
15124 if (location
!= NULL
15125 && event_location_type (location
) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
15126 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15128 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15130 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15132 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15134 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15135 0 /* Ignore count */,
15136 pending_break_support
,
15140 0 /* internal */, 0);
15141 do_cleanups (back_to
);
15145 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15147 struct event_location
*location
;
15148 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
15150 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
15151 back_to
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
15152 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15154 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15156 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15157 0 /* Ignore count */,
15158 pending_break_support
,
15159 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15162 0 /* internal */, 0);
15163 do_cleanups (back_to
);
15166 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15169 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15171 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15172 struct event_location
*location
;
15173 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
15175 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15176 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15177 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
15179 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15180 location
= new_linespec_location (&arg
);
15184 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15185 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
15188 back_to
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
15189 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15191 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15193 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15194 0 /* Ignore count */,
15195 pending_break_support
,
15199 0 /* internal */, 0);
15200 do_cleanups (back_to
);
15203 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15204 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15206 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15207 static int next_cmd
;
15210 read_uploaded_action (void)
15214 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15221 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15222 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15223 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15224 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15225 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15227 struct tracepoint
*
15228 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15230 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15231 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15232 struct event_location
*location
;
15233 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15235 if (utp
->at_string
)
15236 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15239 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15240 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15241 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15243 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15244 "source location, using raw address"),
15246 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15247 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15250 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15251 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15252 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15253 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15256 location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_str
, current_language
);
15257 cleanup
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
15258 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15260 utp
->cond_string
, -1, addr_str
,
15261 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15263 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15264 0 /* Ignore count */,
15265 pending_break_support
,
15266 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15268 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15270 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15272 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15276 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15278 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15279 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15280 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15284 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15287 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15290 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15291 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15292 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15294 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15296 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
15301 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15303 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
15305 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15306 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15307 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15308 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15311 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15312 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15313 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15318 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15322 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15324 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15327 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15329 if (num_printed
== 0)
15331 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15332 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15334 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15337 default_collect_info ();
15340 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15341 Not supported by all targets. */
15343 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15345 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15348 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15349 Not supported by all targets. */
15351 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15353 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15356 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15358 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15360 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15366 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15368 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15369 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15370 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15372 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15373 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15375 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15379 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15381 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15383 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15384 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15385 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15389 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15392 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15395 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15397 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15398 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15400 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15401 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15404 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15406 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15407 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15408 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15411 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15413 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15414 unsigned int count
;
15416 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15417 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15418 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15420 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15422 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15423 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15425 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15427 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15429 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15431 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15433 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15434 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15437 else if (*args
== '\0')
15439 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
15441 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15445 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
15447 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
15448 while (!state
.finished
)
15450 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
);
15452 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15457 struct tracepoint
*
15458 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15460 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15462 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15463 if (t
->number
== num
)
15464 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15469 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15470 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15473 struct tracepoint
*
15474 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15476 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15478 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15480 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15482 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15489 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15490 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15491 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15492 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15494 struct tracepoint
*
15495 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15496 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
)
15498 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15500 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15504 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
15505 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
15507 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15508 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15510 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15514 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15515 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15518 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15522 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15523 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15525 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15528 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15533 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15535 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15536 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15539 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15541 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15544 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15545 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15546 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15550 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15551 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15553 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15555 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15556 struct ui_file
*fp
;
15557 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15559 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15560 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15562 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15563 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15565 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15566 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15569 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15570 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15575 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15577 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15579 /* We can stop searching. */
15586 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15590 filename
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15591 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, filename
);
15592 fp
= gdb_fopen (filename
, "w");
15594 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15595 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15596 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
15598 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15599 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
15601 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15603 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15604 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15607 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15608 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15611 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
15613 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15614 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15617 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15618 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15620 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15621 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15623 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15625 struct gdb_exception exception
;
15627 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
15629 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
15632 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15634 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15636 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15637 throw_exception (ex
);
15641 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15642 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
15645 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15646 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum\n");
15648 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15649 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15650 special, and not user visible. */
15651 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15653 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15656 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15658 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15662 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15663 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15666 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
15667 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15670 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15673 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15675 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15678 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15681 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15683 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15686 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15688 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15689 all_tracepoints (void)
15691 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15692 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15694 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15696 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15703 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15704 locations used by several commands. */
15706 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15707 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15708 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15709 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15710 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15711 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15713 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15714 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15715 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15717 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15718 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15719 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15720 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15721 -function fact -label the_top\".\n"
15723 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15724 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15725 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15728 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15729 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15730 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15731 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15732 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15733 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15734 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15737 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15738 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15740 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15741 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15742 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15743 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15744 conditions are different.\n\
15746 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15748 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15749 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15751 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15752 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15755 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
15756 cmd_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
15757 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15758 void *user_data_catch
,
15759 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15761 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15763 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15765 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15766 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15767 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15769 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15771 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15772 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15773 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15777 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15779 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15780 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15781 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", all_commands
, gdb_stdout
);
15784 struct breakpoint
*
15785 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15788 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15790 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15792 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15799 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15800 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15803 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15805 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15806 non-inline function. */
15807 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15813 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15814 have been inlined. */
15817 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15818 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15820 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15821 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15823 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15825 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15828 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15830 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15831 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15839 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15842 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15844 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15846 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15847 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc
->symtab
) == objfile
)
15848 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15852 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15854 static int initialized
= 0;
15856 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15862 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15863 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15864 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15865 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15866 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15867 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15868 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15869 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15870 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15871 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_create_sals_from_location
;
15872 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15873 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_decode_location
;
15875 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15876 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15877 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15878 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15879 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15880 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15881 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15882 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15884 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15885 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15886 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15887 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15888 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15889 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15890 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15891 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15892 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15893 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15895 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15896 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15897 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15898 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15899 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15900 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15901 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15903 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15904 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15905 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15906 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15907 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15908 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15909 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15911 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15912 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
15913 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15914 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
15916 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15917 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15918 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15919 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15920 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15921 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15922 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_probe_decode_location
;
15925 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15926 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15927 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
15928 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15929 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15930 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15931 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15932 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15933 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15934 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15935 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15936 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15937 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15938 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
15940 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15941 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15942 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15943 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15944 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15945 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15946 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15947 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15948 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15949 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15950 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15953 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15954 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15955 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15956 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15957 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15958 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15959 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15960 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_location
;
15961 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15962 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_decode_location
;
15964 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15965 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15966 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15967 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15968 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_probe_decode_location
;
15970 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15971 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15972 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15973 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_location
;
15974 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15975 ops
->decode_location
= strace_marker_decode_location
;
15977 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15978 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15979 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15980 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15981 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15982 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15983 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15984 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15985 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15986 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15988 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15989 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15990 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15991 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15992 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15993 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15994 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15995 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15996 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15997 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15999 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16000 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
16001 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16002 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
16003 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
16004 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
16005 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
16006 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
16007 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
16008 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
16009 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
16011 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16012 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
16013 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16014 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
16015 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
16016 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
16017 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
16018 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
16019 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
16020 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
16021 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
16022 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
16024 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
16025 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16026 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
16027 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
16028 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
16029 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
16030 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
16031 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
16032 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
16035 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16037 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
16040 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16042 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
16044 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16046 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
16047 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
16048 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
16050 breakpoint_objfile_key
16051 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
16053 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
16054 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16055 before a breakpoint is set. */
16056 breakpoint_count
= 0;
16058 tracepoint_count
= 0;
16060 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
16061 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16062 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16064 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
16065 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16066 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16067 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16068 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16069 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16070 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16071 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16073 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
16074 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16075 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16076 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16077 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
16079 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
16080 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16081 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16082 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16083 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16085 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16086 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16088 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
16089 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16090 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16091 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16093 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16094 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16096 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
16097 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16098 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16099 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16101 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16102 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16104 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16105 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16106 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16107 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16108 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16109 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16110 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16112 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16114 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16115 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16116 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16117 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16118 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16119 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
16121 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16122 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16123 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16126 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16127 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16128 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16131 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16132 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16133 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16134 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16137 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16138 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16139 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16142 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16143 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16144 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16147 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16148 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16149 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16150 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16153 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16154 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16155 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16156 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16157 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16158 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16159 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16160 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16162 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
16163 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16164 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16165 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16166 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16167 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16170 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16171 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16172 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16173 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16175 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16176 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16177 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16178 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16179 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16181 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16182 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16183 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16184 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16185 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16188 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16189 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
16190 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
16192 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16193 is executing in.\n"
16194 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
16195 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16196 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16198 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16199 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
16200 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16201 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16203 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16204 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16205 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16206 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16210 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16211 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16212 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16213 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16214 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16215 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16216 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16217 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16218 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16219 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16220 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16221 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16222 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16223 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16224 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16225 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16227 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16228 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16229 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16230 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16231 breakpoint set."));
16234 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16235 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16236 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16237 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16238 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16239 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16240 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16241 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16242 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16244 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16245 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16246 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16247 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16248 breakpoint set."));
16250 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16252 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16253 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16254 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16255 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16256 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16257 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16258 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16259 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16260 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16261 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16262 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16263 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16264 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16266 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16267 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16268 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16269 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16271 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16273 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16274 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16275 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16276 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16278 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16279 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16280 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16281 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16283 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16284 catch_fork_command_1
,
16286 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16287 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16288 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16289 catch_fork_command_1
,
16291 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16292 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16293 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16294 catch_exec_command_1
,
16298 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16299 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16300 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16301 catch_load_command_1
,
16305 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16306 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16307 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16308 catch_unload_command_1
,
16313 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16314 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16315 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16316 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16317 an expression changes.\n\
16318 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16319 the memory to which it refers."));
16320 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16322 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16323 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16324 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16325 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16326 an expression is read.\n\
16327 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16328 the memory to which it refers."));
16329 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16331 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16332 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16333 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16334 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16335 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16336 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16337 the memory to which it refers."));
16338 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16340 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16341 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16343 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16344 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16345 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16346 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16347 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16348 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16349 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16350 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16351 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16354 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16355 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16357 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16359 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16361 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16362 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16364 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16365 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16366 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16368 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16369 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16370 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16371 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16373 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16374 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16376 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16377 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16378 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16380 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16381 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
16383 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16384 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
16385 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
16386 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
16387 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
16388 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16389 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16390 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16391 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16393 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16394 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
16395 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16396 conditions are different.\n\
16398 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16399 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16400 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16402 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16403 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16404 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16405 last tracepoint set."));
16407 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16409 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16410 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16411 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16412 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16414 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16416 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16417 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16418 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16419 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16421 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16423 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16424 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16425 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16426 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16428 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16430 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16431 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16432 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16433 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16434 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16436 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16437 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16438 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16439 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16441 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16442 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16443 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16444 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16445 session to restore them."),
16447 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16449 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16450 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16451 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16453 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16455 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16456 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16458 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16459 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16460 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16461 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16462 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16463 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16464 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16465 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16466 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16467 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16468 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16469 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16471 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16472 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16473 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16474 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16475 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16476 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16477 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16478 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16480 show_pending_break_support
,
16481 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16482 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16484 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16486 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16487 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16488 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16489 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16490 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16491 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16492 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16494 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16495 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16496 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16498 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16499 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16500 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16501 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16502 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
16503 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
16504 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
16505 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
16506 when execution stops."),
16508 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16509 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16510 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16512 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16513 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16514 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16515 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16516 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16517 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16518 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16519 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16520 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16521 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16522 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16523 be set to \"gdb\""),
16524 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16525 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16526 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16527 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16529 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16530 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16531 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16532 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16533 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16534 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16535 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16536 or the start of the range\n\
16537 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16538 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16539 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16541 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16542 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16543 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16545 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16546 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
16547 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16548 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
16549 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
));
16550 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16552 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16553 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16554 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16555 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16556 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16557 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16558 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16559 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16560 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16561 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16562 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16563 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16565 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16566 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16567 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16568 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16569 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16570 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16571 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16573 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16574 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16575 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16576 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16577 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16578 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16579 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16581 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16582 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16583 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16584 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16585 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16586 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16589 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16591 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16592 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16593 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16595 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16597 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
16598 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);